1 2=head1 NAME 3 4perl5db.pl - the perl debugger 5 6=head1 SYNOPSIS 7 8 perl -d your_Perl_script 9 10=head1 DESCRIPTION 11 12C<perl5db.pl> is the perl debugger. It is loaded automatically by Perl when 13you invoke a script with C<perl -d>. This documentation tries to outline the 14structure and services provided by C<perl5db.pl>, and to describe how you 15can use them. 16 17=head1 GENERAL NOTES 18 19The debugger can look pretty forbidding to many Perl programmers. There are 20a number of reasons for this, many stemming out of the debugger's history. 21 22When the debugger was first written, Perl didn't have a lot of its nicer 23features - no references, no lexical variables, no closures, no object-oriented 24programming. So a lot of the things one would normally have done using such 25features was done using global variables, globs and the C<local()> operator 26in creative ways. 27 28Some of these have survived into the current debugger; a few of the more 29interesting and still-useful idioms are noted in this section, along with notes 30on the comments themselves. 31 32=head2 Why not use more lexicals? 33 34Experienced Perl programmers will note that the debugger code tends to use 35mostly package globals rather than lexically-scoped variables. This is done 36to allow a significant amount of control of the debugger from outside the 37debugger itself. 38 39Unfortunately, though the variables are accessible, they're not well 40documented, so it's generally been a decision that hasn't made a lot of 41difference to most users. Where appropriate, comments have been added to 42make variables more accessible and usable, with the understanding that these 43I<are> debugger internals, and are therefore subject to change. Future 44development should probably attempt to replace the globals with a well-defined 45API, but for now, the variables are what we've got. 46 47=head2 Automated variable stacking via C<local()> 48 49As you may recall from reading C<perlfunc>, the C<local()> operator makes a 50temporary copy of a variable in the current scope. When the scope ends, the 51old copy is restored. This is often used in the debugger to handle the 52automatic stacking of variables during recursive calls: 53 54 sub foo { 55 local $some_global++; 56 57 # Do some stuff, then ... 58 return; 59 } 60 61What happens is that on entry to the subroutine, C<$some_global> is localized, 62then altered. When the subroutine returns, Perl automatically undoes the 63localization, restoring the previous value. Voila, automatic stack management. 64 65The debugger uses this trick a I<lot>. Of particular note is C<DB::eval>, 66which lets the debugger get control inside of C<eval>'ed code. The debugger 67localizes a saved copy of C<$@> inside the subroutine, which allows it to 68keep C<$@> safe until it C<DB::eval> returns, at which point the previous 69value of C<$@> is restored. This makes it simple (well, I<simpler>) to keep 70track of C<$@> inside C<eval>s which C<eval> other C<eval's>. 71 72In any case, watch for this pattern. It occurs fairly often. 73 74=head2 The C<^> trick 75 76This is used to cleverly reverse the sense of a logical test depending on 77the value of an auxiliary variable. For instance, the debugger's C<S> 78(search for subroutines by pattern) allows you to negate the pattern 79like this: 80 81 # Find all non-'foo' subs: 82 S !/foo/ 83 84Boolean algebra states that the truth table for XOR looks like this: 85 86=over 4 87 88=item * 0 ^ 0 = 0 89 90(! not present and no match) --> false, don't print 91 92=item * 0 ^ 1 = 1 93 94(! not present and matches) --> true, print 95 96=item * 1 ^ 0 = 1 97 98(! present and no match) --> true, print 99 100=item * 1 ^ 1 = 0 101 102(! present and matches) --> false, don't print 103 104=back 105 106As you can see, the first pair applies when C<!> isn't supplied, and 107the second pair applies when it is. The XOR simply allows us to 108compact a more complicated if-then-elseif-else into a more elegant 109(but perhaps overly clever) single test. After all, it needed this 110explanation... 111 112=head2 FLAGS, FLAGS, FLAGS 113 114There is a certain C programming legacy in the debugger. Some variables, 115such as C<$single>, C<$trace>, and C<$frame>, have I<magical> values composed 116of 1, 2, 4, etc. (powers of 2) OR'ed together. This allows several pieces 117of state to be stored independently in a single scalar. 118 119A test like 120 121 if ($scalar & 4) ... 122 123is checking to see if the appropriate bit is on. Since each bit can be 124"addressed" independently in this way, C<$scalar> is acting sort of like 125an array of bits. Obviously, since the contents of C<$scalar> are just a 126bit-pattern, we can save and restore it easily (it will just look like 127a number). 128 129The problem, is of course, that this tends to leave magic numbers scattered 130all over your program whenever a bit is set, cleared, or checked. So why do 131it? 132 133=over 4 134 135=item * 136 137First, doing an arithmetical or bitwise operation on a scalar is 138just about the fastest thing you can do in Perl: C<use constant> actually 139creates a subroutine call, and array and hash lookups are much slower. Is 140this over-optimization at the expense of readability? Possibly, but the 141debugger accesses these variables a I<lot>. Any rewrite of the code will 142probably have to benchmark alternate implementations and see which is the 143best balance of readability and speed, and then document how it actually 144works. 145 146=item * 147 148Second, it's very easy to serialize a scalar number. This is done in 149the restart code; the debugger state variables are saved in C<%ENV> and then 150restored when the debugger is restarted. Having them be just numbers makes 151this trivial. 152 153=item * 154 155Third, some of these variables are being shared with the Perl core 156smack in the middle of the interpreter's execution loop. It's much faster for 157a C program (like the interpreter) to check a bit in a scalar than to access 158several different variables (or a Perl array). 159 160=back 161 162=head2 What are those C<XXX> comments for? 163 164Any comment containing C<XXX> means that the comment is either somewhat 165speculative - it's not exactly clear what a given variable or chunk of 166code is doing, or that it is incomplete - the basics may be clear, but the 167subtleties are not completely documented. 168 169Send in a patch if you can clear up, fill out, or clarify an C<XXX>. 170 171=head1 DATA STRUCTURES MAINTAINED BY CORE 172 173There are a number of special data structures provided to the debugger by 174the Perl interpreter. 175 176The array C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> (aliased locally to C<@dbline> via glob 177assignment) contains the text from C<$filename>, with each element 178corresponding to a single line of C<$filename>. 179 180The hash C<%{'_<'.$filename}> (aliased locally to C<%dbline> via glob 181assignment) contains breakpoints and actions. The keys are line numbers; 182you can set individual values, but not the whole hash. The Perl interpreter 183uses this hash to determine where breakpoints have been set. Any true value is 184considered to be a breakpoint; C<perl5db.pl> uses C<$break_condition\0$action>. 185Values are magical in numeric context: 1 if the line is breakable, 0 if not. 186 187The scalar C<${"_<$filename"}> simply contains the string C<_<$filename>. 188This is also the case for evaluated strings that contain subroutines, or 189which are currently being executed. The $filename for C<eval>ed strings looks 190like C<(eval 34)> or C<(re_eval 19)>. 191 192=head1 DEBUGGER STARTUP 193 194When C<perl5db.pl> starts, it reads an rcfile (C<perl5db.ini> for 195non-interactive sessions, C<.perldb> for interactive ones) that can set a number 196of options. In addition, this file may define a subroutine C<&afterinit> 197that will be executed (in the debugger's context) after the debugger has 198initialized itself. 199 200Next, it checks the C<PERLDB_OPTS> environment variable and treats its 201contents as the argument of a C<o> command in the debugger. 202 203=head2 STARTUP-ONLY OPTIONS 204 205The following options can only be specified at startup. 206To set them in your rcfile, add a call to 207C<&parse_options("optionName=new_value")>. 208 209=over 4 210 211=item * TTY 212 213the TTY to use for debugging i/o. 214 215=item * noTTY 216 217if set, goes in NonStop mode. On interrupt, if TTY is not set, 218uses the value of noTTY or F<$HOME/.perldbtty$$> to find TTY using 219Term::Rendezvous. Current variant is to have the name of TTY in this 220file. 221 222=item * ReadLine 223 224if false, a dummy ReadLine is used, so you can debug 225ReadLine applications. 226 227=item * NonStop 228 229if true, no i/o is performed until interrupt. 230 231=item * LineInfo 232 233file or pipe to print line number info to. If it is a 234pipe, a short "emacs like" message is used. 235 236=item * RemotePort 237 238host:port to connect to on remote host for remote debugging. 239 240=item * HistFile 241 242file to store session history to. There is no default and so no 243history file is written unless this variable is explicitly set. 244 245=item * HistSize 246 247number of commands to store to the file specified in C<HistFile>. 248Default is 100. 249 250=back 251 252=head3 SAMPLE RCFILE 253 254 &parse_options("NonStop=1 LineInfo=db.out"); 255 sub afterinit { $trace = 1; } 256 257The script will run without human intervention, putting trace 258information into C<db.out>. (If you interrupt it, you had better 259reset C<LineInfo> to something I<interactive>!) 260 261=head1 INTERNALS DESCRIPTION 262 263=head2 DEBUGGER INTERFACE VARIABLES 264 265Perl supplies the values for C<%sub>. It effectively inserts 266a C<&DB::DB();> in front of each place that can have a 267breakpoint. At each subroutine call, it calls C<&DB::sub> with 268C<$DB::sub> set to the called subroutine. It also inserts a C<BEGIN 269{require 'perl5db.pl'}> before the first line. 270 271After each C<require>d file is compiled, but before it is executed, a 272call to C<&DB::postponed($main::{'_<'.$filename})> is done. C<$filename> 273is the expanded name of the C<require>d file (as found via C<%INC>). 274 275=head3 IMPORTANT INTERNAL VARIABLES 276 277=head4 C<$CreateTTY> 278 279Used to control when the debugger will attempt to acquire another TTY to be 280used for input. 281 282=over 283 284=item * 1 - on C<fork()> 285 286=item * 2 - debugger is started inside debugger 287 288=item * 4 - on startup 289 290=back 291 292=head4 C<$doret> 293 294The value -2 indicates that no return value should be printed. 295Any other positive value causes C<DB::sub> to print return values. 296 297=head4 C<$evalarg> 298 299The item to be eval'ed by C<DB::eval>. Used to prevent messing with the current 300contents of C<@_> when C<DB::eval> is called. 301 302=head4 C<$frame> 303 304Determines what messages (if any) will get printed when a subroutine (or eval) 305is entered or exited. 306 307=over 4 308 309=item * 0 - No enter/exit messages 310 311=item * 1 - Print I<entering> messages on subroutine entry 312 313=item * 2 - Adds exit messages on subroutine exit. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+2. 314 315=item * 4 - Extended messages: C<< <in|out> I<context>=I<fully-qualified sub name> from I<file>:I<line> >>. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+4. 316 317=item * 8 - Adds parameter information to messages, and overloaded stringify and tied FETCH is enabled on the printed arguments. Ignored if C<4> is not on. 318 319=item * 16 - Adds C<I<context> return from I<subname>: I<value>> messages on subroutine/eval exit. Ignored if C<4> is is not on. 320 321=back 322 323To get everything, use C<$frame=30> (or C<o f=30> as a debugger command). 324The debugger internally juggles the value of C<$frame> during execution to 325protect external modules that the debugger uses from getting traced. 326 327=head4 C<$level> 328 329Tracks current debugger nesting level. Used to figure out how many 330C<E<lt>E<gt>> pairs to surround the line number with when the debugger 331outputs a prompt. Also used to help determine if the program has finished 332during command parsing. 333 334=head4 C<$onetimeDump> 335 336Controls what (if anything) C<DB::eval()> will print after evaluating an 337expression. 338 339=over 4 340 341=item * C<undef> - don't print anything 342 343=item * C<dump> - use C<dumpvar.pl> to display the value returned 344 345=item * C<methods> - print the methods callable on the first item returned 346 347=back 348 349=head4 C<$onetimeDumpDepth> 350 351Controls how far down C<dumpvar.pl> will go before printing C<...> while 352dumping a structure. Numeric. If C<undef>, print all levels. 353 354=head4 C<$signal> 355 356Used to track whether or not an C<INT> signal has been detected. C<DB::DB()>, 357which is called before every statement, checks this and puts the user into 358command mode if it finds C<$signal> set to a true value. 359 360=head4 C<$single> 361 362Controls behavior during single-stepping. Stacked in C<@stack> on entry to 363each subroutine; popped again at the end of each subroutine. 364 365=over 4 366 367=item * 0 - run continuously. 368 369=item * 1 - single-step, go into subs. The C<s> command. 370 371=item * 2 - single-step, don't go into subs. The C<n> command. 372 373=item * 4 - print current sub depth (turned on to force this when C<too much 374recursion> occurs. 375 376=back 377 378=head4 C<$trace> 379 380Controls the output of trace information. 381 382=over 4 383 384=item * 1 - The C<t> command was entered to turn on tracing (every line executed is printed) 385 386=item * 2 - watch expressions are active 387 388=item * 4 - user defined a C<watchfunction()> in C<afterinit()> 389 390=back 391 392=head4 C<$slave_editor> 393 3941 if C<LINEINFO> was directed to a pipe; 0 otherwise. 395 396=head4 C<@cmdfhs> 397 398Stack of filehandles that C<DB::readline()> will read commands from. 399Manipulated by the debugger's C<source> command and C<DB::readline()> itself. 400 401=head4 C<@dbline> 402 403Local alias to the magical line array, C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> , 404supplied by the Perl interpreter to the debugger. Contains the source. 405 406=head4 C<@old_watch> 407 408Previous values of watch expressions. First set when the expression is 409entered; reset whenever the watch expression changes. 410 411=head4 C<@saved> 412 413Saves important globals (C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, C<$^W>) 414so that the debugger can substitute safe values while it's running, and 415restore them when it returns control. 416 417=head4 C<@stack> 418 419Saves the current value of C<$single> on entry to a subroutine. 420Manipulated by the C<c> command to turn off tracing in all subs above the 421current one. 422 423=head4 C<@to_watch> 424 425The 'watch' expressions: to be evaluated before each line is executed. 426 427=head4 C<@typeahead> 428 429The typeahead buffer, used by C<DB::readline>. 430 431=head4 C<%alias> 432 433Command aliases. Stored as character strings to be substituted for a command 434entered. 435 436=head4 C<%break_on_load> 437 438Keys are file names, values are 1 (break when this file is loaded) or undef 439(don't break when it is loaded). 440 441=head4 C<%dbline> 442 443Keys are line numbers, values are C<condition\0action>. If used in numeric 444context, values are 0 if not breakable, 1 if breakable, no matter what is 445in the actual hash entry. 446 447=head4 C<%had_breakpoints> 448 449Keys are file names; values are bitfields: 450 451=over 4 452 453=item * 1 - file has a breakpoint in it. 454 455=item * 2 - file has an action in it. 456 457=back 458 459A zero or undefined value means this file has neither. 460 461=head4 C<%option> 462 463Stores the debugger options. These are character string values. 464 465=head4 C<%postponed> 466 467Saves breakpoints for code that hasn't been compiled yet. 468Keys are subroutine names, values are: 469 470=over 4 471 472=item * C<compile> - break when this sub is compiled 473 474=item * C<< break +0 if <condition> >> - break (conditionally) at the start of this routine. The condition will be '1' if no condition was specified. 475 476=back 477 478=head4 C<%postponed_file> 479 480This hash keeps track of breakpoints that need to be set for files that have 481not yet been compiled. Keys are filenames; values are references to hashes. 482Each of these hashes is keyed by line number, and its values are breakpoint 483definitions (C<condition\0action>). 484 485=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION 486 487The debugger's initialization actually jumps all over the place inside this 488package. This is because there are several BEGIN blocks (which of course 489execute immediately) spread through the code. Why is that? 490 491The debugger needs to be able to change some things and set some things up 492before the debugger code is compiled; most notably, the C<$deep> variable that 493C<DB::sub> uses to tell when a program has recursed deeply. In addition, the 494debugger has to turn off warnings while the debugger code is compiled, but then 495restore them to their original setting before the program being debugged begins 496executing. 497 498The first C<BEGIN> block simply turns off warnings by saving the current 499setting of C<$^W> and then setting it to zero. The second one initializes 500the debugger variables that are needed before the debugger begins executing. 501The third one puts C<$^X> back to its former value. 502 503We'll detail the second C<BEGIN> block later; just remember that if you need 504to initialize something before the debugger starts really executing, that's 505where it has to go. 506 507=cut 508 509package DB; 510 511BEGIN {eval 'use IO::Handle'}; # Needed for flush only? breaks under miniperl 512 513# Debugger for Perl 5.00x; perl5db.pl patch level: 514$VERSION = '1.33'; 515 516$header = "perl5db.pl version $VERSION"; 517 518=head1 DEBUGGER ROUTINES 519 520=head2 C<DB::eval()> 521 522This function replaces straight C<eval()> inside the debugger; it simplifies 523the process of evaluating code in the user's context. 524 525The code to be evaluated is passed via the package global variable 526C<$DB::evalarg>; this is done to avoid fiddling with the contents of C<@_>. 527 528Before we do the C<eval()>, we preserve the current settings of C<$trace>, 529C<$single>, C<$^D> and C<$usercontext>. The latter contains the 530preserved values of C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, C<$^W> and the 531user's current package, grabbed when C<DB::DB> got control. This causes the 532proper context to be used when the eval is actually done. Afterward, we 533restore C<$trace>, C<$single>, and C<$^D>. 534 535Next we need to handle C<$@> without getting confused. We save C<$@> in a 536local lexical, localize C<$saved[0]> (which is where C<save()> will put 537C<$@>), and then call C<save()> to capture C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, 538C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W>) and set C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W> to values 539considered sane by the debugger. If there was an C<eval()> error, we print 540it on the debugger's output. If C<$onetimedump> is defined, we call 541C<dumpit> if it's set to 'dump', or C<methods> if it's set to 542'methods'. Setting it to something else causes the debugger to do the eval 543but not print the result - handy if you want to do something else with it 544(the "watch expressions" code does this to get the value of the watch 545expression but not show it unless it matters). 546 547In any case, we then return the list of output from C<eval> to the caller, 548and unwinding restores the former version of C<$@> in C<@saved> as well 549(the localization of C<$saved[0]> goes away at the end of this scope). 550 551=head3 Parameters and variables influencing execution of DB::eval() 552 553C<DB::eval> isn't parameterized in the standard way; this is to keep the 554debugger's calls to C<DB::eval()> from mucking with C<@_>, among other things. 555The variables listed below influence C<DB::eval()>'s execution directly. 556 557=over 4 558 559=item C<$evalarg> - the thing to actually be eval'ed 560 561=item C<$trace> - Current state of execution tracing 562 563=item C<$single> - Current state of single-stepping 564 565=item C<$onetimeDump> - what is to be displayed after the evaluation 566 567=item C<$onetimeDumpDepth> - how deep C<dumpit()> should go when dumping results 568 569=back 570 571The following variables are altered by C<DB::eval()> during its execution. They 572are "stacked" via C<local()>, enabling recursive calls to C<DB::eval()>. 573 574=over 4 575 576=item C<@res> - used to capture output from actual C<eval>. 577 578=item C<$otrace> - saved value of C<$trace>. 579 580=item C<$osingle> - saved value of C<$single>. 581 582=item C<$od> - saved value of C<$^D>. 583 584=item C<$saved[0]> - saved value of C<$@>. 585 586=item $\ - for output of C<$@> if there is an evaluation error. 587 588=back 589 590=head3 The problem of lexicals 591 592The context of C<DB::eval()> presents us with some problems. Obviously, 593we want to be 'sandboxed' away from the debugger's internals when we do 594the eval, but we need some way to control how punctuation variables and 595debugger globals are used. 596 597We can't use local, because the code inside C<DB::eval> can see localized 598variables; and we can't use C<my> either for the same reason. The code 599in this routine compromises and uses C<my>. 600 601After this routine is over, we don't have user code executing in the debugger's 602context, so we can use C<my> freely. 603 604=cut 605 606############################################## Begin lexical danger zone 607 608# 'my' variables used here could leak into (that is, be visible in) 609# the context that the code being evaluated is executing in. This means that 610# the code could modify the debugger's variables. 611# 612# Fiddling with the debugger's context could be Bad. We insulate things as 613# much as we can. 614 615sub eval { 616 617 # 'my' would make it visible from user code 618 # but so does local! --tchrist 619 # Remember: this localizes @DB::res, not @main::res. 620 local @res; 621 { 622 623 # Try to keep the user code from messing with us. Save these so that 624 # even if the eval'ed code changes them, we can put them back again. 625 # Needed because the user could refer directly to the debugger's 626 # package globals (and any 'my' variables in this containing scope) 627 # inside the eval(), and we want to try to stay safe. 628 local $otrace = $trace; 629 local $osingle = $single; 630 local $od = $^D; 631 632 # Untaint the incoming eval() argument. 633 { ($evalarg) = $evalarg =~ /(.*)/s; } 634 635 # $usercontext built in DB::DB near the comment 636 # "set up the context for DB::eval ..." 637 # Evaluate and save any results. 638 @res = eval "$usercontext $evalarg;\n"; # '\n' for nice recursive debug 639 640 # Restore those old values. 641 $trace = $otrace; 642 $single = $osingle; 643 $^D = $od; 644 } 645 646 # Save the current value of $@, and preserve it in the debugger's copy 647 # of the saved precious globals. 648 my $at = $@; 649 650 # Since we're only saving $@, we only have to localize the array element 651 # that it will be stored in. 652 local $saved[0]; # Preserve the old value of $@ 653 eval { &DB::save }; 654 655 # Now see whether we need to report an error back to the user. 656 if ($at) { 657 local $\ = ''; 658 print $OUT $at; 659 } 660 661 # Display as required by the caller. $onetimeDump and $onetimedumpDepth 662 # are package globals. 663 elsif ($onetimeDump) { 664 if ( $onetimeDump eq 'dump' ) { 665 local $option{dumpDepth} = $onetimedumpDepth 666 if defined $onetimedumpDepth; 667 dumpit( $OUT, \@res ); 668 } 669 elsif ( $onetimeDump eq 'methods' ) { 670 methods( $res[0] ); 671 } 672 } ## end elsif ($onetimeDump) 673 @res; 674} ## end sub eval 675 676############################################## End lexical danger zone 677 678# After this point it is safe to introduce lexicals. 679# The code being debugged will be executing in its own context, and 680# can't see the inside of the debugger. 681# 682# However, one should not overdo it: leave as much control from outside as 683# possible. If you make something a lexical, it's not going to be addressable 684# from outside the debugger even if you know its name. 685 686# This file is automatically included if you do perl -d. 687# It's probably not useful to include this yourself. 688# 689# Before venturing further into these twisty passages, it is 690# wise to read the perldebguts man page or risk the ire of dragons. 691# 692# (It should be noted that perldebguts will tell you a lot about 693# the underlying mechanics of how the debugger interfaces into the 694# Perl interpreter, but not a lot about the debugger itself. The new 695# comments in this code try to address this problem.) 696 697# Note that no subroutine call is possible until &DB::sub is defined 698# (for subroutines defined outside of the package DB). In fact the same is 699# true if $deep is not defined. 700 701# Enhanced by ilya@math.ohio-state.edu (Ilya Zakharevich) 702 703# modified Perl debugger, to be run from Emacs in perldb-mode 704# Ray Lischner (uunet!mntgfx!lisch) as of 5 Nov 1990 705# Johan Vromans -- upgrade to 4.0 pl 10 706# Ilya Zakharevich -- patches after 5.001 (and some before ;-) 707 708# (We have made efforts to clarify the comments in the change log 709# in other places; some of them may seem somewhat obscure as they 710# were originally written, and explaining them away from the code 711# in question seems conterproductive.. -JM) 712 713######################################################################## 714# Changes: 0.94 715# + A lot of things changed after 0.94. First of all, core now informs 716# debugger about entry into XSUBs, overloaded operators, tied operations, 717# BEGIN and END. Handy with `O f=2'. 718# + This can make debugger a little bit too verbose, please be patient 719# and report your problems promptly. 720# + Now the option frame has 3 values: 0,1,2. XXX Document! 721# + Note that if DESTROY returns a reference to the object (or object), 722# the deletion of data may be postponed until the next function call, 723# due to the need to examine the return value. 724# 725# Changes: 0.95 726# + `v' command shows versions. 727# 728# Changes: 0.96 729# + `v' command shows version of readline. 730# primitive completion works (dynamic variables, subs for `b' and `l', 731# options). Can `p %var' 732# + Better help (`h <' now works). New commands <<, >>, {, {{. 733# {dump|print}_trace() coded (to be able to do it from <<cmd). 734# + `c sub' documented. 735# + At last enough magic combined to stop after the end of debuggee. 736# + !! should work now (thanks to Emacs bracket matching an extra 737# `]' in a regexp is caught). 738# + `L', `D' and `A' span files now (as documented). 739# + Breakpoints in `require'd code are possible (used in `R'). 740# + Some additional words on internal work of debugger. 741# + `b load filename' implemented. 742# + `b postpone subr' implemented. 743# + now only `q' exits debugger (overwritable on $inhibit_exit). 744# + When restarting debugger breakpoints/actions persist. 745# + Buglet: When restarting debugger only one breakpoint/action per 746# autoloaded function persists. 747# 748# Changes: 0.97: NonStop will not stop in at_exit(). 749# + Option AutoTrace implemented. 750# + Trace printed differently if frames are printed too. 751# + new `inhibitExit' option. 752# + printing of a very long statement interruptible. 753# Changes: 0.98: New command `m' for printing possible methods 754# + 'l -' is a synonym for `-'. 755# + Cosmetic bugs in printing stack trace. 756# + `frame' & 8 to print "expanded args" in stack trace. 757# + Can list/break in imported subs. 758# + new `maxTraceLen' option. 759# + frame & 4 and frame & 8 granted. 760# + new command `m' 761# + nonstoppable lines do not have `:' near the line number. 762# + `b compile subname' implemented. 763# + Will not use $` any more. 764# + `-' behaves sane now. 765# Changes: 0.99: Completion for `f', `m'. 766# + `m' will remove duplicate names instead of duplicate functions. 767# + `b load' strips trailing whitespace. 768# completion ignores leading `|'; takes into account current package 769# when completing a subroutine name (same for `l'). 770# Changes: 1.07: Many fixed by tchrist 13-March-2000 771# BUG FIXES: 772# + Added bare minimal security checks on perldb rc files, plus 773# comments on what else is needed. 774# + Fixed the ornaments that made "|h" completely unusable. 775# They are not used in print_help if they will hurt. Strip pod 776# if we're paging to less. 777# + Fixed mis-formatting of help messages caused by ornaments 778# to restore Larry's original formatting. 779# + Fixed many other formatting errors. The code is still suboptimal, 780# and needs a lot of work at restructuring. It's also misindented 781# in many places. 782# + Fixed bug where trying to look at an option like your pager 783# shows "1". 784# + Fixed some $? processing. Note: if you use csh or tcsh, you will 785# lose. You should consider shell escapes not using their shell, 786# or else not caring about detailed status. This should really be 787# unified into one place, too. 788# + Fixed bug where invisible trailing whitespace on commands hoses you, 789# tricking Perl into thinking you weren't calling a debugger command! 790# + Fixed bug where leading whitespace on commands hoses you. (One 791# suggests a leading semicolon or any other irrelevant non-whitespace 792# to indicate literal Perl code.) 793# + Fixed bugs that ate warnings due to wrong selected handle. 794# + Fixed a precedence bug on signal stuff. 795# + Fixed some unseemly wording. 796# + Fixed bug in help command trying to call perl method code. 797# + Fixed to call dumpvar from exception handler. SIGPIPE killed us. 798# ENHANCEMENTS: 799# + Added some comments. This code is still nasty spaghetti. 800# + Added message if you clear your pre/post command stacks which was 801# very easy to do if you just typed a bare >, <, or {. (A command 802# without an argument should *never* be a destructive action; this 803# API is fundamentally screwed up; likewise option setting, which 804# is equally buggered.) 805# + Added command stack dump on argument of "?" for >, <, or {. 806# + Added a semi-built-in doc viewer command that calls man with the 807# proper %Config::Config path (and thus gets caching, man -k, etc), 808# or else perldoc on obstreperous platforms. 809# + Added to and rearranged the help information. 810# + Detected apparent misuse of { ... } to declare a block; this used 811# to work but now is a command, and mysteriously gave no complaint. 812# 813# Changes: 1.08: Apr 25, 2001 Jon Eveland <jweveland@yahoo.com> 814# BUG FIX: 815# + This patch to perl5db.pl cleans up formatting issues on the help 816# summary (h h) screen in the debugger. Mostly columnar alignment 817# issues, plus converted the printed text to use all spaces, since 818# tabs don't seem to help much here. 819# 820# Changes: 1.09: May 19, 2001 Ilya Zakharevich <ilya@math.ohio-state.edu> 821# Minor bugs corrected; 822# + Support for auto-creation of new TTY window on startup, either 823# unconditionally, or if started as a kid of another debugger session; 824# + New `O'ption CreateTTY 825# I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events: 826# 1: on fork() 827# 2: debugger is started inside debugger 828# 4: on startup 829# + Code to auto-create a new TTY window on OS/2 (currently one 830# extra window per session - need named pipes to have more...); 831# + Simplified interface for custom createTTY functions (with a backward 832# compatibility hack); now returns the TTY name to use; return of '' 833# means that the function reset the I/O handles itself; 834# + Better message on the semantic of custom createTTY function; 835# + Convert the existing code to create a TTY into a custom createTTY 836# function; 837# + Consistent support for TTY names of the form "TTYin,TTYout"; 838# + Switch line-tracing output too to the created TTY window; 839# + make `b fork' DWIM with CORE::GLOBAL::fork; 840# + High-level debugger API cmd_*(): 841# cmd_b_load($filenamepart) # b load filenamepart 842# cmd_b_line($lineno [, $cond]) # b lineno [cond] 843# cmd_b_sub($sub [, $cond]) # b sub [cond] 844# cmd_stop() # Control-C 845# cmd_d($lineno) # d lineno (B) 846# The cmd_*() API returns FALSE on failure; in this case it outputs 847# the error message to the debugging output. 848# + Low-level debugger API 849# break_on_load($filename) # b load filename 850# @files = report_break_on_load() # List files with load-breakpoints 851# breakable_line_in_filename($name, $from [, $to]) 852# # First breakable line in the 853# # range $from .. $to. $to defaults 854# # to $from, and may be less than 855# # $to 856# breakable_line($from [, $to]) # Same for the current file 857# break_on_filename_line($name, $lineno [, $cond]) 858# # Set breakpoint,$cond defaults to 859# # 1 860# break_on_filename_line_range($name, $from, $to [, $cond]) 861# # As above, on the first 862# # breakable line in range 863# break_on_line($lineno [, $cond]) # As above, in the current file 864# break_subroutine($sub [, $cond]) # break on the first breakable line 865# ($name, $from, $to) = subroutine_filename_lines($sub) 866# # The range of lines of the text 867# The low-level API returns TRUE on success, and die()s on failure. 868# 869# Changes: 1.10: May 23, 2001 Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu> 870# BUG FIXES: 871# + Fixed warnings generated by "perl -dWe 42" 872# + Corrected spelling errors 873# + Squeezed Help (h) output into 80 columns 874# 875# Changes: 1.11: May 24, 2001 David Dyck <dcd@tc.fluke.com> 876# + Made "x @INC" work like it used to 877# 878# Changes: 1.12: May 24, 2001 Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu> 879# + Fixed warnings generated by "O" (Show debugger options) 880# + Fixed warnings generated by "p 42" (Print expression) 881# Changes: 1.13: Jun 19, 2001 Scott.L.Miller@compaq.com 882# + Added windowSize option 883# Changes: 1.14: Oct 9, 2001 multiple 884# + Clean up after itself on VMS (Charles Lane in 12385) 885# + Adding "@ file" syntax (Peter Scott in 12014) 886# + Debug reloading selfloaded stuff (Ilya Zakharevich in 11457) 887# + $^S and other debugger fixes (Ilya Zakharevich in 11120) 888# + Forgot a my() declaration (Ilya Zakharevich in 11085) 889# Changes: 1.15: Nov 6, 2001 Michael G Schwern <schwern@pobox.com> 890# + Updated 1.14 change log 891# + Added *dbline explainatory comments 892# + Mentioning perldebguts man page 893# Changes: 1.16: Feb 15, 2002 Mark-Jason Dominus <mjd@plover.com> 894# + $onetimeDump improvements 895# Changes: 1.17: Feb 20, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net> 896# Moved some code to cmd_[.]()'s for clarity and ease of handling, 897# rationalised the following commands and added cmd_wrapper() to 898# enable switching between old and frighteningly consistent new 899# behaviours for diehards: 'o CommandSet=pre580' (sigh...) 900# a(add), A(del) # action expr (added del by line) 901# + b(add), B(del) # break [line] (was b,D) 902# + w(add), W(del) # watch expr (was W,W) 903# # added del by expr 904# + h(summary), h h(long) # help (hh) (was h h,h) 905# + m(methods), M(modules) # ... (was m,v) 906# + o(option) # lc (was O) 907# + v(view code), V(view Variables) # ... (was w,V) 908# Changes: 1.18: Mar 17, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net> 909# + fixed missing cmd_O bug 910# Changes: 1.19: Mar 29, 2002 Spider Boardman 911# + Added missing local()s -- DB::DB is called recursively. 912# Changes: 1.20: Feb 17, 2003 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net> 913# + pre'n'post commands no longer trashed with no args 914# + watch val joined out of eval() 915# Changes: 1.21: Jun 04, 2003 Joe McMahon <mcmahon@ibiblio.org> 916# + Added comments and reformatted source. No bug fixes/enhancements. 917# + Includes cleanup by Robin Barker and Jarkko Hietaniemi. 918# Changes: 1.22 Jun 09, 2003 Alex Vandiver <alexmv@MIT.EDU> 919# + Flush stdout/stderr before the debugger prompt is printed. 920# Changes: 1.23: Dec 21, 2003 Dominique Quatravaux 921# + Fix a side-effect of bug #24674 in the perl debugger ("odd taint bug") 922# Changes: 1.24: Mar 03, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net> 923# + Added command to save all debugger commands for sourcing later. 924# + Added command to display parent inheritance tree of given class. 925# + Fixed minor newline in history bug. 926# Changes: 1.25: Apr 17, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net> 927# + Fixed option bug (setting invalid options + not recognising valid short forms) 928# Changes: 1.26: Apr 22, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net> 929# + unfork the 5.8.x and 5.9.x debuggers. 930# + whitespace and assertions call cleanup across versions 931# + H * deletes (resets) history 932# + i now handles Class + blessed objects 933# Changes: 1.27: May 09, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net> 934# + updated pod page references - clunky. 935# + removed windowid restriction for forking into an xterm. 936# + more whitespace again. 937# + wrapped restart and enabled rerun [-n] (go back n steps) command. 938# Changes: 1.28: Oct 12, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net> 939# + Added threads support (inc. e and E commands) 940# Changes: 1.29: Nov 28, 2006 Bo Lindbergh <blgl@hagernas.com> 941# + Added macosx_get_fork_TTY support 942# Changes: 1.30: Mar 06, 2007 Andreas Koenig <andk@cpan.org> 943# + Added HistFile, HistSize 944# Changes: 1.31 945# + Remove support for assertions and -A 946# + stop NEXT::AUTOLOAD from emitting warnings under the debugger. RT #25053 947# + "update for Mac OS X 10.5" [finding the tty device] 948# + "What I needed to get the forked debugger to work" [on VMS] 949# + [perl #57016] debugger: o warn=0 die=0 ignored 950# + Note, but don't use, PERLDBf_SAVESRC 951# + Fix #7013: lvalue subs not working inside debugger 952# Changes: 1.32: Jun 03, 2009 Jonathan Leto <jonathan@leto.net> 953# + Fix bug where a key _< with undefined value was put into the symbol table 954# + when the $filename variable is not set 955######################################################################## 956 957=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION 958 959The debugger starts up in phases. 960 961=head2 BASIC SETUP 962 963First, it initializes the environment it wants to run in: turning off 964warnings during its own compilation, defining variables which it will need 965to avoid warnings later, setting itself up to not exit when the program 966terminates, and defaulting to printing return values for the C<r> command. 967 968=cut 969 970# Needed for the statement after exec(): 971# 972# This BEGIN block is simply used to switch off warnings during debugger 973# compiliation. Probably it would be better practice to fix the warnings, 974# but this is how it's done at the moment. 975 976BEGIN { 977 $ini_warn = $^W; 978 $^W = 0; 979} # Switch compilation warnings off until another BEGIN. 980 981local ($^W) = 0; # Switch run-time warnings off during init. 982 983=head2 THREADS SUPPORT 984 985If we are running under a threaded Perl, we require threads and threads::shared 986if the environment variable C<PERL5DB_THREADED> is set, to enable proper 987threaded debugger control. C<-dt> can also be used to set this. 988 989Each new thread will be announced and the debugger prompt will always inform 990you of each new thread created. It will also indicate the thread id in which 991we are currently running within the prompt like this: 992 993 [tid] DB<$i> 994 995Where C<[tid]> is an integer thread id and C<$i> is the familiar debugger 996command prompt. The prompt will show: C<[0]> when running under threads, but 997not actually in a thread. C<[tid]> is consistent with C<gdb> usage. 998 999While running under threads, when you set or delete a breakpoint (etc.), this 1000will apply to all threads, not just the currently running one. When you are 1001in a currently executing thread, you will stay there until it completes. With 1002the current implementation it is not currently possible to hop from one thread 1003to another. 1004 1005The C<e> and C<E> commands are currently fairly minimal - see C<h e> and C<h E>. 1006 1007Note that threading support was built into the debugger as of Perl version 1008C<5.8.6> and debugger version C<1.2.8>. 1009 1010=cut 1011 1012BEGIN { 1013 # ensure we can share our non-threaded variables or no-op 1014 if ($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) { 1015 require threads; 1016 require threads::shared; 1017 import threads::shared qw(share); 1018 $DBGR; 1019 share(\$DBGR); 1020 lock($DBGR); 1021 print "Threads support enabled\n"; 1022 } else { 1023 *lock = sub(*) {}; 1024 *share = sub(*) {}; 1025 } 1026} 1027 1028# This would probably be better done with "use vars", but that wasn't around 1029# when this code was originally written. (Neither was "use strict".) And on 1030# the principle of not fiddling with something that was working, this was 1031# left alone. 1032warn( # Do not ;-) 1033 # These variables control the execution of 'dumpvar.pl'. 1034 $dumpvar::hashDepth, 1035 $dumpvar::arrayDepth, 1036 $dumpvar::dumpDBFiles, 1037 $dumpvar::dumpPackages, 1038 $dumpvar::quoteHighBit, 1039 $dumpvar::printUndef, 1040 $dumpvar::globPrint, 1041 $dumpvar::usageOnly, 1042 1043 # used to save @ARGV and extract any debugger-related flags. 1044 @ARGS, 1045 1046 # used to control die() reporting in diesignal() 1047 $Carp::CarpLevel, 1048 1049 # used to prevent multiple entries to diesignal() 1050 # (if for instance diesignal() itself dies) 1051 $panic, 1052 1053 # used to prevent the debugger from running nonstop 1054 # after a restart 1055 $second_time, 1056 ) 1057 if 0; 1058 1059# without threads, $filename is not defined until DB::DB is called 1060foreach my $k (keys (%INC)) { 1061 &share(\$main::{'_<'.$filename}) if defined $filename; 1062}; 1063 1064# Command-line + PERLLIB: 1065# Save the contents of @INC before they are modified elsewhere. 1066@ini_INC = @INC; 1067 1068# This was an attempt to clear out the previous values of various 1069# trapped errors. Apparently it didn't help. XXX More info needed! 1070# $prevwarn = $prevdie = $prevbus = $prevsegv = ''; # Does not help?! 1071 1072# We set these variables to safe values. We don't want to blindly turn 1073# off warnings, because other packages may still want them. 1074$trace = $signal = $single = 0; # Uninitialized warning suppression 1075 # (local $^W cannot help - other packages!). 1076 1077# Default to not exiting when program finishes; print the return 1078# value when the 'r' command is used to return from a subroutine. 1079$inhibit_exit = $option{PrintRet} = 1; 1080 1081=head1 OPTION PROCESSING 1082 1083The debugger's options are actually spread out over the debugger itself and 1084C<dumpvar.pl>; some of these are variables to be set, while others are 1085subs to be called with a value. To try to make this a little easier to 1086manage, the debugger uses a few data structures to define what options 1087are legal and how they are to be processed. 1088 1089First, the C<@options> array defines the I<names> of all the options that 1090are to be accepted. 1091 1092=cut 1093 1094@options = qw( 1095 CommandSet HistFile HistSize 1096 hashDepth arrayDepth dumpDepth 1097 DumpDBFiles DumpPackages DumpReused 1098 compactDump veryCompact quote 1099 HighBit undefPrint globPrint 1100 PrintRet UsageOnly frame 1101 AutoTrace TTY noTTY 1102 ReadLine NonStop LineInfo 1103 maxTraceLen recallCommand ShellBang 1104 pager tkRunning ornaments 1105 signalLevel warnLevel dieLevel 1106 inhibit_exit ImmediateStop bareStringify 1107 CreateTTY RemotePort windowSize 1108 DollarCaretP 1109); 1110 1111@RememberOnROptions = qw(DollarCaretP); 1112 1113=pod 1114 1115Second, C<optionVars> lists the variables that each option uses to save its 1116state. 1117 1118=cut 1119 1120%optionVars = ( 1121 hashDepth => \$dumpvar::hashDepth, 1122 arrayDepth => \$dumpvar::arrayDepth, 1123 CommandSet => \$CommandSet, 1124 DumpDBFiles => \$dumpvar::dumpDBFiles, 1125 DumpPackages => \$dumpvar::dumpPackages, 1126 DumpReused => \$dumpvar::dumpReused, 1127 HighBit => \$dumpvar::quoteHighBit, 1128 undefPrint => \$dumpvar::printUndef, 1129 globPrint => \$dumpvar::globPrint, 1130 UsageOnly => \$dumpvar::usageOnly, 1131 CreateTTY => \$CreateTTY, 1132 bareStringify => \$dumpvar::bareStringify, 1133 frame => \$frame, 1134 AutoTrace => \$trace, 1135 inhibit_exit => \$inhibit_exit, 1136 maxTraceLen => \$maxtrace, 1137 ImmediateStop => \$ImmediateStop, 1138 RemotePort => \$remoteport, 1139 windowSize => \$window, 1140 HistFile => \$histfile, 1141 HistSize => \$histsize, 1142); 1143 1144=pod 1145 1146Third, C<%optionAction> defines the subroutine to be called to process each 1147option. 1148 1149=cut 1150 1151%optionAction = ( 1152 compactDump => \&dumpvar::compactDump, 1153 veryCompact => \&dumpvar::veryCompact, 1154 quote => \&dumpvar::quote, 1155 TTY => \&TTY, 1156 noTTY => \&noTTY, 1157 ReadLine => \&ReadLine, 1158 NonStop => \&NonStop, 1159 LineInfo => \&LineInfo, 1160 recallCommand => \&recallCommand, 1161 ShellBang => \&shellBang, 1162 pager => \&pager, 1163 signalLevel => \&signalLevel, 1164 warnLevel => \&warnLevel, 1165 dieLevel => \&dieLevel, 1166 tkRunning => \&tkRunning, 1167 ornaments => \&ornaments, 1168 RemotePort => \&RemotePort, 1169 DollarCaretP => \&DollarCaretP, 1170); 1171 1172=pod 1173 1174Last, the C<%optionRequire> notes modules that must be C<require>d if an 1175option is used. 1176 1177=cut 1178 1179# Note that this list is not complete: several options not listed here 1180# actually require that dumpvar.pl be loaded for them to work, but are 1181# not in the table. A subsequent patch will correct this problem; for 1182# the moment, we're just recommenting, and we are NOT going to change 1183# function. 1184%optionRequire = ( 1185 compactDump => 'dumpvar.pl', 1186 veryCompact => 'dumpvar.pl', 1187 quote => 'dumpvar.pl', 1188); 1189 1190=pod 1191 1192There are a number of initialization-related variables which can be set 1193by putting code to set them in a BEGIN block in the C<PERL5DB> environment 1194variable. These are: 1195 1196=over 4 1197 1198=item C<$rl> - readline control XXX needs more explanation 1199 1200=item C<$warnLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over warning handling 1201 1202=item C<$dieLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over die handling 1203 1204=item C<$signalLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over signal handling 1205 1206=item C<$pre> - preprompt actions (array reference) 1207 1208=item C<$post> - postprompt actions (array reference) 1209 1210=item C<$pretype> 1211 1212=item C<$CreateTTY> - whether or not to create a new TTY for this debugger 1213 1214=item C<$CommandSet> - which command set to use (defaults to new, documented set) 1215 1216=back 1217 1218=cut 1219 1220# These guys may be defined in $ENV{PERL5DB} : 1221$rl = 1 unless defined $rl; 1222$warnLevel = 1 unless defined $warnLevel; 1223$dieLevel = 1 unless defined $dieLevel; 1224$signalLevel = 1 unless defined $signalLevel; 1225$pre = [] unless defined $pre; 1226$post = [] unless defined $post; 1227$pretype = [] unless defined $pretype; 1228$CreateTTY = 3 unless defined $CreateTTY; 1229$CommandSet = '580' unless defined $CommandSet; 1230 1231share($rl); 1232share($warnLevel); 1233share($dieLevel); 1234share($signalLevel); 1235share($pre); 1236share($post); 1237share($pretype); 1238share($rl); 1239share($CreateTTY); 1240share($CommandSet); 1241 1242=pod 1243 1244The default C<die>, C<warn>, and C<signal> handlers are set up. 1245 1246=cut 1247 1248warnLevel($warnLevel); 1249dieLevel($dieLevel); 1250signalLevel($signalLevel); 1251 1252=pod 1253 1254The pager to be used is needed next. We try to get it from the 1255environment first. If it's not defined there, we try to find it in 1256the Perl C<Config.pm>. If it's not there, we default to C<more>. We 1257then call the C<pager()> function to save the pager name. 1258 1259=cut 1260 1261# This routine makes sure $pager is set up so that '|' can use it. 1262pager( 1263 1264 # If PAGER is defined in the environment, use it. 1265 defined $ENV{PAGER} 1266 ? $ENV{PAGER} 1267 1268 # If not, see if Config.pm defines it. 1269 : eval { require Config } 1270 && defined $Config::Config{pager} 1271 ? $Config::Config{pager} 1272 1273 # If not, fall back to 'more'. 1274 : 'more' 1275 ) 1276 unless defined $pager; 1277 1278=pod 1279 1280We set up the command to be used to access the man pages, the command 1281recall character (C<!> unless otherwise defined) and the shell escape 1282character (C<!> unless otherwise defined). Yes, these do conflict, and 1283neither works in the debugger at the moment. 1284 1285=cut 1286 1287setman(); 1288 1289# Set up defaults for command recall and shell escape (note: 1290# these currently don't work in linemode debugging). 1291&recallCommand("!") unless defined $prc; 1292&shellBang("!") unless defined $psh; 1293 1294=pod 1295 1296We then set up the gigantic string containing the debugger help. 1297We also set the limit on the number of arguments we'll display during a 1298trace. 1299 1300=cut 1301 1302sethelp(); 1303 1304# If we didn't get a default for the length of eval/stack trace args, 1305# set it here. 1306$maxtrace = 400 unless defined $maxtrace; 1307 1308=head2 SETTING UP THE DEBUGGER GREETING 1309 1310The debugger I<greeting> helps to inform the user how many debuggers are 1311running, and whether the current debugger is the primary or a child. 1312 1313If we are the primary, we just hang onto our pid so we'll have it when 1314or if we start a child debugger. If we are a child, we'll set things up 1315so we'll have a unique greeting and so the parent will give us our own 1316TTY later. 1317 1318We save the current contents of the C<PERLDB_PIDS> environment variable 1319because we mess around with it. We'll also need to hang onto it because 1320we'll need it if we restart. 1321 1322Child debuggers make a label out of the current PID structure recorded in 1323PERLDB_PIDS plus the new PID. They also mark themselves as not having a TTY 1324yet so the parent will give them one later via C<resetterm()>. 1325 1326=cut 1327 1328# Save the current contents of the environment; we're about to 1329# much with it. We'll need this if we have to restart. 1330$ini_pids = $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS}; 1331 1332if ( defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} ) { 1333 1334 # We're a child. Make us a label out of the current PID structure 1335 # recorded in PERLDB_PIDS plus our (new) PID. Mark us as not having 1336 # a term yet so the parent will give us one later via resetterm(). 1337 1338 my $env_pids = $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS}; 1339 $pids = "[$env_pids]"; 1340 1341 # Unless we are on OpenVMS, all programs under the DCL shell run under 1342 # the same PID. 1343 1344 if (($^O eq 'VMS') && ($env_pids =~ /\b$$\b/)) { 1345 $term_pid = $$; 1346 } 1347 else { 1348 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} .= "->$$"; 1349 $term_pid = -1; 1350 } 1351 1352} ## end if (defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS... 1353else { 1354 1355 # We're the parent PID. Initialize PERLDB_PID in case we end up with a 1356 # child debugger, and mark us as the parent, so we'll know to set up 1357 # more TTY's is we have to. 1358 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = "$$"; 1359 $pids = "[pid=$$]"; 1360 $term_pid = $$; 1361} 1362 1363$pidprompt = ''; 1364 1365# Sets up $emacs as a synonym for $slave_editor. 1366*emacs = $slave_editor if $slave_editor; # May be used in afterinit()... 1367 1368=head2 READING THE RC FILE 1369 1370The debugger will read a file of initialization options if supplied. If 1371running interactively, this is C<.perldb>; if not, it's C<perldb.ini>. 1372 1373=cut 1374 1375# As noted, this test really doesn't check accurately that the debugger 1376# is running at a terminal or not. 1377 1378my $dev_tty = '/dev/tty'; 1379 $dev_tty = 'TT:' if ($^O eq 'VMS'); 1380if ( -e $dev_tty ) { # this is the wrong metric! 1381 $rcfile = ".perldb"; 1382} 1383else { 1384 $rcfile = "perldb.ini"; 1385} 1386 1387=pod 1388 1389The debugger does a safety test of the file to be read. It must be owned 1390either by the current user or root, and must only be writable by the owner. 1391 1392=cut 1393 1394# This wraps a safety test around "do" to read and evaluate the init file. 1395# 1396# This isn't really safe, because there's a race 1397# between checking and opening. The solution is to 1398# open and fstat the handle, but then you have to read and 1399# eval the contents. But then the silly thing gets 1400# your lexical scope, which is unfortunate at best. 1401sub safe_do { 1402 my $file = shift; 1403 1404 # Just exactly what part of the word "CORE::" don't you understand? 1405 local $SIG{__WARN__}; 1406 local $SIG{__DIE__}; 1407 1408 unless ( is_safe_file($file) ) { 1409 CORE::warn <<EO_GRIPE; 1410perldb: Must not source insecure rcfile $file. 1411 You or the superuser must be the owner, and it must not 1412 be writable by anyone but its owner. 1413EO_GRIPE 1414 return; 1415 } ## end unless (is_safe_file($file... 1416 1417 do $file; 1418 CORE::warn("perldb: couldn't parse $file: $@") if $@; 1419} ## end sub safe_do 1420 1421# This is the safety test itself. 1422# 1423# Verifies that owner is either real user or superuser and that no 1424# one but owner may write to it. This function is of limited use 1425# when called on a path instead of upon a handle, because there are 1426# no guarantees that filename (by dirent) whose file (by ino) is 1427# eventually accessed is the same as the one tested. 1428# Assumes that the file's existence is not in doubt. 1429sub is_safe_file { 1430 my $path = shift; 1431 stat($path) || return; # mysteriously vaporized 1432 my ( $dev, $ino, $mode, $nlink, $uid, $gid ) = stat(_); 1433 1434 return 0 if $uid != 0 && $uid != $<; 1435 return 0 if $mode & 022; 1436 return 1; 1437} ## end sub is_safe_file 1438 1439# If the rcfile (whichever one we decided was the right one to read) 1440# exists, we safely do it. 1441if ( -f $rcfile ) { 1442 safe_do("./$rcfile"); 1443} 1444 1445# If there isn't one here, try the user's home directory. 1446elsif ( defined $ENV{HOME} && -f "$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile" ) { 1447 safe_do("$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile"); 1448} 1449 1450# Else try the login directory. 1451elsif ( defined $ENV{LOGDIR} && -f "$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile" ) { 1452 safe_do("$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile"); 1453} 1454 1455# If the PERLDB_OPTS variable has options in it, parse those out next. 1456if ( defined $ENV{PERLDB_OPTS} ) { 1457 parse_options( $ENV{PERLDB_OPTS} ); 1458} 1459 1460=pod 1461 1462The last thing we do during initialization is determine which subroutine is 1463to be used to obtain a new terminal when a new debugger is started. Right now, 1464the debugger only handles X Windows, OS/2, and Mac OS X (darwin). 1465 1466=cut 1467 1468# Set up the get_fork_TTY subroutine to be aliased to the proper routine. 1469# Works if you're running an xterm or xterm-like window, or you're on 1470# OS/2, or on Mac OS X. This may need some expansion. 1471 1472if (not defined &get_fork_TTY) # only if no routine exists 1473{ 1474 if (defined $ENV{TERM} # If we know what kind 1475 # of terminal this is, 1476 and $ENV{TERM} eq 'xterm' # and it's an xterm, 1477 and defined $ENV{DISPLAY} # and what display it's on, 1478 ) 1479 { 1480 *get_fork_TTY = \&xterm_get_fork_TTY; # use the xterm version 1481 } 1482 elsif ( $^O eq 'os2' ) { # If this is OS/2, 1483 *get_fork_TTY = \&os2_get_fork_TTY; # use the OS/2 version 1484 } 1485 elsif ( $^O eq 'darwin' # If this is Mac OS X 1486 and defined $ENV{TERM_PROGRAM} # and we're running inside 1487 and $ENV{TERM_PROGRAM} 1488 eq 'Apple_Terminal' # Terminal.app 1489 ) 1490 { 1491 *get_fork_TTY = \&macosx_get_fork_TTY; # use the Mac OS X version 1492 } 1493} ## end if (not defined &get_fork_TTY... 1494 1495# untaint $^O, which may have been tainted by the last statement. 1496# see bug [perl #24674] 1497$^O =~ m/^(.*)\z/; 1498$^O = $1; 1499 1500# Here begin the unreadable code. It needs fixing. 1501 1502=head2 RESTART PROCESSING 1503 1504This section handles the restart command. When the C<R> command is invoked, it 1505tries to capture all of the state it can into environment variables, and 1506then sets C<PERLDB_RESTART>. When we start executing again, we check to see 1507if C<PERLDB_RESTART> is there; if so, we reload all the information that 1508the R command stuffed into the environment variables. 1509 1510 PERLDB_RESTART - flag only, contains no restart data itself. 1511 PERLDB_HIST - command history, if it's available 1512 PERLDB_ON_LOAD - breakpoints set by the rc file 1513 PERLDB_POSTPONE - subs that have been loaded/not executed, and have actions 1514 PERLDB_VISITED - files that had breakpoints 1515 PERLDB_FILE_... - breakpoints for a file 1516 PERLDB_OPT - active options 1517 PERLDB_INC - the original @INC 1518 PERLDB_PRETYPE - preprompt debugger actions 1519 PERLDB_PRE - preprompt Perl code 1520 PERLDB_POST - post-prompt Perl code 1521 PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD - typeahead captured by readline() 1522 1523We chug through all these variables and plug the values saved in them 1524back into the appropriate spots in the debugger. 1525 1526=cut 1527 1528if ( exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART} ) { 1529 1530 # We're restarting, so we don't need the flag that says to restart anymore. 1531 delete $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART}; 1532 1533 # $restart = 1; 1534 @hist = get_list('PERLDB_HIST'); 1535 %break_on_load = get_list("PERLDB_ON_LOAD"); 1536 %postponed = get_list("PERLDB_POSTPONE"); 1537 1538 share(@hist); 1539 share(@truehist); 1540 share(%break_on_load); 1541 share(%postponed); 1542 1543 # restore breakpoints/actions 1544 my @had_breakpoints = get_list("PERLDB_VISITED"); 1545 for ( 0 .. $#had_breakpoints ) { 1546 my %pf = get_list("PERLDB_FILE_$_"); 1547 $postponed_file{ $had_breakpoints[$_] } = \%pf if %pf; 1548 } 1549 1550 # restore options 1551 my %opt = get_list("PERLDB_OPT"); 1552 my ( $opt, $val ); 1553 while ( ( $opt, $val ) = each %opt ) { 1554 $val =~ s/[\\\']/\\$1/g; 1555 parse_options("$opt'$val'"); 1556 } 1557 1558 # restore original @INC 1559 @INC = get_list("PERLDB_INC"); 1560 @ini_INC = @INC; 1561 1562 # return pre/postprompt actions and typeahead buffer 1563 $pretype = [ get_list("PERLDB_PRETYPE") ]; 1564 $pre = [ get_list("PERLDB_PRE") ]; 1565 $post = [ get_list("PERLDB_POST") ]; 1566 @typeahead = get_list( "PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead ); 1567} ## end if (exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART... 1568 1569=head2 SETTING UP THE TERMINAL 1570 1571Now, we'll decide how the debugger is going to interact with the user. 1572If there's no TTY, we set the debugger to run non-stop; there's not going 1573to be anyone there to enter commands. 1574 1575=cut 1576 1577if ($notty) { 1578 $runnonstop = 1; 1579 share($runnonstop); 1580} 1581 1582=pod 1583 1584If there is a TTY, we have to determine who it belongs to before we can 1585proceed. If this is a slave editor or graphical debugger (denoted by 1586the first command-line switch being '-emacs'), we shift this off and 1587set C<$rl> to 0 (XXX ostensibly to do straight reads). 1588 1589=cut 1590 1591else { 1592 1593 # Is Perl being run from a slave editor or graphical debugger? 1594 # If so, don't use readline, and set $slave_editor = 1. 1595 $slave_editor = 1596 ( ( defined $main::ARGV[0] ) and ( $main::ARGV[0] eq '-emacs' ) ); 1597 $rl = 0, shift(@main::ARGV) if $slave_editor; 1598 1599 #require Term::ReadLine; 1600 1601=pod 1602 1603We then determine what the console should be on various systems: 1604 1605=over 4 1606 1607=item * Cygwin - We use C<stdin> instead of a separate device. 1608 1609=cut 1610 1611 if ( $^O eq 'cygwin' ) { 1612 1613 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode 1614 undef $console; 1615 } 1616 1617=item * Unix - use C</dev/tty>. 1618 1619=cut 1620 1621 elsif ( -e "/dev/tty" ) { 1622 $console = "/dev/tty"; 1623 } 1624 1625=item * Windows or MSDOS - use C<con>. 1626 1627=cut 1628 1629 elsif ( $^O eq 'dos' or -e "con" or $^O eq 'MSWin32' ) { 1630 $console = "con"; 1631 } 1632 1633=item * MacOS - use C<Dev:Console:Perl Debug> if this is the MPW version; C<Dev: 1634Console> if not. 1635 1636Note that Mac OS X returns C<darwin>, not C<MacOS>. Also note that the debugger doesn't do anything special for C<darwin>. Maybe it should. 1637 1638=cut 1639 1640 elsif ( $^O eq 'MacOS' ) { 1641 if ( $MacPerl::Version !~ /MPW/ ) { 1642 $console = 1643 "Dev:Console:Perl Debug"; # Separate window for application 1644 } 1645 else { 1646 $console = "Dev:Console"; 1647 } 1648 } ## end elsif ($^O eq 'MacOS') 1649 1650=item * VMS - use C<sys$command>. 1651 1652=cut 1653 1654 else { 1655 1656 # everything else is ... 1657 $console = "sys\$command"; 1658 } 1659 1660=pod 1661 1662=back 1663 1664Several other systems don't use a specific console. We C<undef $console> 1665for those (Windows using a slave editor/graphical debugger, NetWare, OS/2 1666with a slave editor, Epoc). 1667 1668=cut 1669 1670 if ( ( $^O eq 'MSWin32' ) and ( $slave_editor or defined $ENV{EMACS} ) ) { 1671 1672 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode 1673 $console = undef; 1674 } 1675 1676 if ( $^O eq 'NetWare' ) { 1677 1678 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode 1679 $console = undef; 1680 } 1681 1682 # In OS/2, we need to use STDIN to get textmode too, even though 1683 # it pretty much looks like Unix otherwise. 1684 if ( defined $ENV{OS2_SHELL} and ( $slave_editor or $ENV{WINDOWID} ) ) 1685 { # In OS/2 1686 $console = undef; 1687 } 1688 1689 # EPOC also falls into the 'got to use STDIN' camp. 1690 if ( $^O eq 'epoc' ) { 1691 $console = undef; 1692 } 1693 1694=pod 1695 1696If there is a TTY hanging around from a parent, we use that as the console. 1697 1698=cut 1699 1700 $console = $tty if defined $tty; 1701 1702=head2 SOCKET HANDLING 1703 1704The debugger is capable of opening a socket and carrying out a debugging 1705session over the socket. 1706 1707If C<RemotePort> was defined in the options, the debugger assumes that it 1708should try to start a debugging session on that port. It builds the socket 1709and then tries to connect the input and output filehandles to it. 1710 1711=cut 1712 1713 # Handle socket stuff. 1714 1715 if ( defined $remoteport ) { 1716 1717 # If RemotePort was defined in the options, connect input and output 1718 # to the socket. 1719 require IO::Socket; 1720 $OUT = new IO::Socket::INET( 1721 Timeout => '10', 1722 PeerAddr => $remoteport, 1723 Proto => 'tcp', 1724 ); 1725 if ( !$OUT ) { die "Unable to connect to remote host: $remoteport\n"; } 1726 $IN = $OUT; 1727 } ## end if (defined $remoteport) 1728 1729=pod 1730 1731If no C<RemotePort> was defined, and we want to create a TTY on startup, 1732this is probably a situation where multiple debuggers are running (for example, 1733a backticked command that starts up another debugger). We create a new IN and 1734OUT filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new TTY if we know how 1735and if we can. 1736 1737=cut 1738 1739 # Non-socket. 1740 else { 1741 1742 # Two debuggers running (probably a system or a backtick that invokes 1743 # the debugger itself under the running one). create a new IN and OUT 1744 # filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new tty if we 1745 # know how, and we can. 1746 create_IN_OUT(4) if $CreateTTY & 4; 1747 if ($console) { 1748 1749 # If we have a console, check to see if there are separate ins and 1750 # outs to open. (They are assumed identical if not.) 1751 1752 my ( $i, $o ) = split /,/, $console; 1753 $o = $i unless defined $o; 1754 1755 # read/write on in, or just read, or read on STDIN. 1756 open( IN, "+<$i" ) 1757 || open( IN, "<$i" ) 1758 || open( IN, "<&STDIN" ); 1759 1760 # read/write/create/clobber out, or write/create/clobber out, 1761 # or merge with STDERR, or merge with STDOUT. 1762 open( OUT, "+>$o" ) 1763 || open( OUT, ">$o" ) 1764 || open( OUT, ">&STDERR" ) 1765 || open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ); # so we don't dongle stdout 1766 1767 } ## end if ($console) 1768 elsif ( not defined $console ) { 1769 1770 # No console. Open STDIN. 1771 open( IN, "<&STDIN" ); 1772 1773 # merge with STDERR, or with STDOUT. 1774 open( OUT, ">&STDERR" ) 1775 || open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ); # so we don't dongle stdout 1776 $console = 'STDIN/OUT'; 1777 } ## end elsif (not defined $console) 1778 1779 # Keep copies of the filehandles so that when the pager runs, it 1780 # can close standard input without clobbering ours. 1781 $IN = \*IN, $OUT = \*OUT if $console or not defined $console; 1782 } ## end elsif (from if(defined $remoteport)) 1783 1784 # Unbuffer DB::OUT. We need to see responses right away. 1785 my $previous = select($OUT); 1786 $| = 1; # for DB::OUT 1787 select($previous); 1788 1789 # Line info goes to debugger output unless pointed elsewhere. 1790 # Pointing elsewhere makes it possible for slave editors to 1791 # keep track of file and position. We have both a filehandle 1792 # and a I/O description to keep track of. 1793 $LINEINFO = $OUT unless defined $LINEINFO; 1794 $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo; 1795 # share($LINEINFO); # <- unable to share globs 1796 share($lineinfo); # 1797 1798=pod 1799 1800To finish initialization, we show the debugger greeting, 1801and then call the C<afterinit()> subroutine if there is one. 1802 1803=cut 1804 1805 # Show the debugger greeting. 1806 $header =~ s/.Header: ([^,]+),v(\s+\S+\s+\S+).*$/$1$2/; 1807 unless ($runnonstop) { 1808 local $\ = ''; 1809 local $, = ''; 1810 if ( $term_pid eq '-1' ) { 1811 print $OUT "\nDaughter DB session started...\n"; 1812 } 1813 else { 1814 print $OUT "\nLoading DB routines from $header\n"; 1815 print $OUT ( 1816 "Editor support ", 1817 $slave_editor ? "enabled" : "available", ".\n" 1818 ); 1819 print $OUT 1820"\nEnter h or `h h' for help, or `$doccmd perldebug' for more help.\n\n"; 1821 } ## end else [ if ($term_pid eq '-1') 1822 } ## end unless ($runnonstop) 1823} ## end else [ if ($notty) 1824 1825# XXX This looks like a bug to me. 1826# Why copy to @ARGS and then futz with @args? 1827@ARGS = @ARGV; 1828for (@args) { 1829 # Make sure backslashes before single quotes are stripped out, and 1830 # keep args unless they are numeric (XXX why?) 1831 # s/\'/\\\'/g; # removed while not justified understandably 1832 # s/(.*)/'$1'/ unless /^-?[\d.]+$/; # ditto 1833} 1834 1835# If there was an afterinit() sub defined, call it. It will get 1836# executed in our scope, so it can fiddle with debugger globals. 1837if ( defined &afterinit ) { # May be defined in $rcfile 1838 &afterinit(); 1839} 1840 1841# Inform us about "Stack dump during die enabled ..." in dieLevel(). 1842$I_m_init = 1; 1843 1844############################################################ Subroutines 1845 1846=head1 SUBROUTINES 1847 1848=head2 DB 1849 1850This gigantic subroutine is the heart of the debugger. Called before every 1851statement, its job is to determine if a breakpoint has been reached, and 1852stop if so; read commands from the user, parse them, and execute 1853them, and then send execution off to the next statement. 1854 1855Note that the order in which the commands are processed is very important; 1856some commands earlier in the loop will actually alter the C<$cmd> variable 1857to create other commands to be executed later. This is all highly I<optimized> 1858but can be confusing. Check the comments for each C<$cmd ... && do {}> to 1859see what's happening in any given command. 1860 1861=cut 1862 1863sub DB { 1864 1865 # lock the debugger and get the thread id for the prompt 1866 lock($DBGR); 1867 my $tid; 1868 if ($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) { 1869 $tid = eval { "[".threads->tid."]" }; 1870 } 1871 1872 # Check for whether we should be running continuously or not. 1873 # _After_ the perl program is compiled, $single is set to 1: 1874 if ( $single and not $second_time++ ) { 1875 1876 # Options say run non-stop. Run until we get an interrupt. 1877 if ($runnonstop) { # Disable until signal 1878 # If there's any call stack in place, turn off single 1879 # stepping into subs throughout the stack. 1880 for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ; ) { 1881 $stack[ $i++ ] &= ~1; 1882 } 1883 1884 # And we are now no longer in single-step mode. 1885 $single = 0; 1886 1887 # If we simply returned at this point, we wouldn't get 1888 # the trace info. Fall on through. 1889 # return; 1890 } ## end if ($runnonstop) 1891 1892 elsif ($ImmediateStop) { 1893 1894 # We are supposed to stop here; XXX probably a break. 1895 $ImmediateStop = 0; # We've processed it; turn it off 1896 $signal = 1; # Simulate an interrupt to force 1897 # us into the command loop 1898 } 1899 } ## end if ($single and not $second_time... 1900 1901 # If we're in single-step mode, or an interrupt (real or fake) 1902 # has occurred, turn off non-stop mode. 1903 $runnonstop = 0 if $single or $signal; 1904 1905 # Preserve current values of $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W. 1906 # The code being debugged may have altered them. 1907 &save; 1908 1909 # Since DB::DB gets called after every line, we can use caller() to 1910 # figure out where we last were executing. Sneaky, eh? This works because 1911 # caller is returning all the extra information when called from the 1912 # debugger. 1913 local ( $package, $filename, $line ) = caller; 1914 local $filename_ini = $filename; 1915 1916 # set up the context for DB::eval, so it can properly execute 1917 # code on behalf of the user. We add the package in so that the 1918 # code is eval'ed in the proper package (not in the debugger!). 1919 local $usercontext = 1920 '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;' . "package $package;"; 1921 1922 # Create an alias to the active file magical array to simplify 1923 # the code here. 1924 local (*dbline) = $main::{ '_<' . $filename }; 1925 1926 # we need to check for pseudofiles on Mac OS (these are files 1927 # not attached to a filename, but instead stored in Dev:Pseudo) 1928 if ( $^O eq 'MacOS' && $#dbline < 0 ) { 1929 $filename_ini = $filename = 'Dev:Pseudo'; 1930 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename }; 1931 } 1932 1933 # Last line in the program. 1934 local $max = $#dbline; 1935 1936 # if we have something here, see if we should break. 1937 if ( $dbline{$line} 1938 && ( ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$line} ) ) ) 1939 { 1940 1941 # Stop if the stop criterion says to just stop. 1942 if ( $stop eq '1' ) { 1943 $signal |= 1; 1944 } 1945 1946 # It's a conditional stop; eval it in the user's context and 1947 # see if we should stop. If so, remove the one-time sigil. 1948 elsif ($stop) { 1949 $evalarg = "\$DB::signal |= 1 if do {$stop}"; 1950 &eval; 1951 $dbline{$line} =~ s/;9($|\0)/$1/; 1952 } 1953 } ## end if ($dbline{$line} && ... 1954 1955 # Preserve the current stop-or-not, and see if any of the W 1956 # (watch expressions) has changed. 1957 my $was_signal = $signal; 1958 1959 # If we have any watch expressions ... 1960 if ( $trace & 2 ) { 1961 for ( my $n = 0 ; $n <= $#to_watch ; $n++ ) { 1962 $evalarg = $to_watch[$n]; 1963 local $onetimeDump; # Tell DB::eval() to not output results 1964 1965 # Fix context DB::eval() wants to return an array, but 1966 # we need a scalar here. 1967 my ($val) = join( "', '", &eval ); 1968 $val = ( ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef' ); 1969 1970 # Did it change? 1971 if ( $val ne $old_watch[$n] ) { 1972 1973 # Yep! Show the difference, and fake an interrupt. 1974 $signal = 1; 1975 print $OUT <<EOP; 1976Watchpoint $n:\t$to_watch[$n] changed: 1977 old value:\t$old_watch[$n] 1978 new value:\t$val 1979EOP 1980 $old_watch[$n] = $val; 1981 } ## end if ($val ne $old_watch... 1982 } ## end for (my $n = 0 ; $n <= ... 1983 } ## end if ($trace & 2) 1984 1985=head2 C<watchfunction()> 1986 1987C<watchfunction()> is a function that can be defined by the user; it is a 1988function which will be run on each entry to C<DB::DB>; it gets the 1989current package, filename, and line as its parameters. 1990 1991The watchfunction can do anything it likes; it is executing in the 1992debugger's context, so it has access to all of the debugger's internal 1993data structures and functions. 1994 1995C<watchfunction()> can control the debugger's actions. Any of the following 1996will cause the debugger to return control to the user's program after 1997C<watchfunction()> executes: 1998 1999=over 4 2000 2001=item * 2002 2003Returning a false value from the C<watchfunction()> itself. 2004 2005=item * 2006 2007Altering C<$single> to a false value. 2008 2009=item * 2010 2011Altering C<$signal> to a false value. 2012 2013=item * 2014 2015Turning off the C<4> bit in C<$trace> (this also disables the 2016check for C<watchfunction()>. This can be done with 2017 2018 $trace &= ~4; 2019 2020=back 2021 2022=cut 2023 2024 # If there's a user-defined DB::watchfunction, call it with the 2025 # current package, filename, and line. The function executes in 2026 # the DB:: package. 2027 if ( $trace & 4 ) { # User-installed watch 2028 return 2029 if watchfunction( $package, $filename, $line ) 2030 and not $single 2031 and not $was_signal 2032 and not( $trace & ~4 ); 2033 } ## end if ($trace & 4) 2034 2035 # Pick up any alteration to $signal in the watchfunction, and 2036 # turn off the signal now. 2037 $was_signal = $signal; 2038 $signal = 0; 2039 2040=head2 GETTING READY TO EXECUTE COMMANDS 2041 2042The debugger decides to take control if single-step mode is on, the 2043C<t> command was entered, or the user generated a signal. If the program 2044has fallen off the end, we set things up so that entering further commands 2045won't cause trouble, and we say that the program is over. 2046 2047=cut 2048 2049 # Check to see if we should grab control ($single true, 2050 # trace set appropriately, or we got a signal). 2051 if ( $single || ( $trace & 1 ) || $was_signal ) { 2052 2053 # Yes, grab control. 2054 if ($slave_editor) { 2055 2056 # Tell the editor to update its position. 2057 $position = "\032\032$filename:$line:0\n"; 2058 print_lineinfo($position); 2059 } 2060 2061=pod 2062 2063Special check: if we're in package C<DB::fake>, we've gone through the 2064C<END> block at least once. We set up everything so that we can continue 2065to enter commands and have a valid context to be in. 2066 2067=cut 2068 2069 elsif ( $package eq 'DB::fake' ) { 2070 2071 # Fallen off the end already. 2072 $term || &setterm; 2073 print_help(<<EOP); 2074Debugged program terminated. Use B<q> to quit or B<R> to restart, 2075 use B<o> I<inhibit_exit> to avoid stopping after program termination, 2076 B<h q>, B<h R> or B<h o> to get additional info. 2077EOP 2078 2079 # Set the DB::eval context appropriately. 2080 $package = 'main'; 2081 $usercontext = 2082 '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;' 2083 . "package $package;"; # this won't let them modify, alas 2084 } ## end elsif ($package eq 'DB::fake') 2085 2086=pod 2087 2088If the program hasn't finished executing, we scan forward to the 2089next executable line, print that out, build the prompt from the file and line 2090number information, and print that. 2091 2092=cut 2093 2094 else { 2095 2096 # Still somewhere in the midst of execution. Set up the 2097 # debugger prompt. 2098 $sub =~ s/\'/::/; # Swap Perl 4 package separators (') to 2099 # Perl 5 ones (sorry, we don't print Klingon 2100 #module names) 2101 2102 $prefix = $sub =~ /::/ ? "" : "${'package'}::"; 2103 $prefix .= "$sub($filename:"; 2104 $after = ( $dbline[$line] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n" ); 2105 2106 # Break up the prompt if it's really long. 2107 if ( length($prefix) > 30 ) { 2108 $position = "$prefix$line):\n$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after"; 2109 $prefix = ""; 2110 $infix = ":\t"; 2111 } 2112 else { 2113 $infix = "):\t"; 2114 $position = "$prefix$line$infix$dbline[$line]$after"; 2115 } 2116 2117 # Print current line info, indenting if necessary. 2118 if ($frame) { 2119 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, 2120 "$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after" ); 2121 } 2122 else { 2123 print_lineinfo($position); 2124 } 2125 2126 # Scan forward, stopping at either the end or the next 2127 # unbreakable line. 2128 for ( $i = $line + 1 ; $i <= $max && $dbline[$i] == 0 ; ++$i ) 2129 { #{ vi 2130 2131 # Drop out on null statements, block closers, and comments. 2132 last if $dbline[$i] =~ /^\s*[\;\}\#\n]/; 2133 2134 # Drop out if the user interrupted us. 2135 last if $signal; 2136 2137 # Append a newline if the line doesn't have one. Can happen 2138 # in eval'ed text, for instance. 2139 $after = ( $dbline[$i] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n" ); 2140 2141 # Next executable line. 2142 $incr_pos = "$prefix$i$infix$dbline[$i]$after"; 2143 $position .= $incr_pos; 2144 if ($frame) { 2145 2146 # Print it indented if tracing is on. 2147 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, 2148 "$i:\t$dbline[$i]$after" ); 2149 } 2150 else { 2151 print_lineinfo($incr_pos); 2152 } 2153 } ## end for ($i = $line + 1 ; $i... 2154 } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor) 2155 } ## end if ($single || ($trace... 2156 2157=pod 2158 2159If there's an action to be executed for the line we stopped at, execute it. 2160If there are any preprompt actions, execute those as well. 2161 2162=cut 2163 2164 # If there's an action, do it now. 2165 $evalarg = $action, &eval if $action; 2166 2167 # Are we nested another level (e.g., did we evaluate a function 2168 # that had a breakpoint in it at the debugger prompt)? 2169 if ( $single || $was_signal ) { 2170 2171 # Yes, go down a level. 2172 local $level = $level + 1; 2173 2174 # Do any pre-prompt actions. 2175 foreach $evalarg (@$pre) { 2176 &eval; 2177 } 2178 2179 # Complain about too much recursion if we passed the limit. 2180 print $OUT $stack_depth . " levels deep in subroutine calls!\n" 2181 if $single & 4; 2182 2183 # The line we're currently on. Set $incr to -1 to stay here 2184 # until we get a command that tells us to advance. 2185 $start = $line; 2186 $incr = -1; # for backward motion. 2187 2188 # Tack preprompt debugger actions ahead of any actual input. 2189 @typeahead = ( @$pretype, @typeahead ); 2190 2191=head2 WHERE ARE WE? 2192 2193XXX Relocate this section? 2194 2195The debugger normally shows the line corresponding to the current line of 2196execution. Sometimes, though, we want to see the next line, or to move elsewhere 2197in the file. This is done via the C<$incr>, C<$start>, and C<$max> variables. 2198 2199C<$incr> controls by how many lines the I<current> line should move forward 2200after a command is executed. If set to -1, this indicates that the I<current> 2201line shouldn't change. 2202 2203C<$start> is the I<current> line. It is used for things like knowing where to 2204move forwards or backwards from when doing an C<L> or C<-> command. 2205 2206C<$max> tells the debugger where the last line of the current file is. It's 2207used to terminate loops most often. 2208 2209=head2 THE COMMAND LOOP 2210 2211Most of C<DB::DB> is actually a command parsing and dispatch loop. It comes 2212in two parts: 2213 2214=over 4 2215 2216=item * 2217 2218The outer part of the loop, starting at the C<CMD> label. This loop 2219reads a command and then executes it. 2220 2221=item * 2222 2223The inner part of the loop, starting at the C<PIPE> label. This part 2224is wholly contained inside the C<CMD> block and only executes a command. 2225Used to handle commands running inside a pager. 2226 2227=back 2228 2229So why have two labels to restart the loop? Because sometimes, it's easier to 2230have a command I<generate> another command and then re-execute the loop to do 2231the new command. This is faster, but perhaps a bit more convoluted. 2232 2233=cut 2234 2235 # The big command dispatch loop. It keeps running until the 2236 # user yields up control again. 2237 # 2238 # If we have a terminal for input, and we get something back 2239 # from readline(), keep on processing. 2240 CMD: 2241 while ( 2242 2243 # We have a terminal, or can get one ... 2244 ( $term || &setterm ), 2245 2246 # ... and it belogs to this PID or we get one for this PID ... 2247 ( $term_pid == $$ or resetterm(1) ), 2248 2249 # ... and we got a line of command input ... 2250 defined( 2251 $cmd = &readline( 2252 "$pidprompt $tid DB" 2253 . ( '<' x $level ) 2254 . ( $#hist + 1 ) 2255 . ( '>' x $level ) . " " 2256 ) 2257 ) 2258 ) 2259 { 2260 2261 share($cmd); 2262 # ... try to execute the input as debugger commands. 2263 2264 # Don't stop running. 2265 $single = 0; 2266 2267 # No signal is active. 2268 $signal = 0; 2269 2270 # Handle continued commands (ending with \): 2271 $cmd =~ s/\\$/\n/ && do { 2272 $cmd .= &readline(" cont: "); 2273 redo CMD; 2274 }; 2275 2276=head4 The null command 2277 2278A newline entered by itself means I<re-execute the last command>. We grab the 2279command out of C<$laststep> (where it was recorded previously), and copy it 2280back into C<$cmd> to be executed below. If there wasn't any previous command, 2281we'll do nothing below (no command will match). If there was, we also save it 2282in the command history and fall through to allow the command parsing to pick 2283it up. 2284 2285=cut 2286 2287 # Empty input means repeat the last command. 2288 $cmd =~ /^$/ && ( $cmd = $laststep ); 2289 chomp($cmd); # get rid of the annoying extra newline 2290 push( @hist, $cmd ) if length($cmd) > 1; 2291 push( @truehist, $cmd ); 2292 share(@hist); 2293 share(@truehist); 2294 2295 # This is a restart point for commands that didn't arrive 2296 # via direct user input. It allows us to 'redo PIPE' to 2297 # re-execute command processing without reading a new command. 2298 PIPE: { 2299 $cmd =~ s/^\s+//s; # trim annoying leading whitespace 2300 $cmd =~ s/\s+$//s; # trim annoying trailing whitespace 2301 ($i) = split( /\s+/, $cmd ); 2302 2303=head3 COMMAND ALIASES 2304 2305The debugger can create aliases for commands (these are stored in the 2306C<%alias> hash). Before a command is executed, the command loop looks it up 2307in the alias hash and substitutes the contents of the alias for the command, 2308completely replacing it. 2309 2310=cut 2311 2312 # See if there's an alias for the command, and set it up if so. 2313 if ( $alias{$i} ) { 2314 2315 # Squelch signal handling; we want to keep control here 2316 # if something goes loco during the alias eval. 2317 local $SIG{__DIE__}; 2318 local $SIG{__WARN__}; 2319 2320 # This is a command, so we eval it in the DEBUGGER's 2321 # scope! Otherwise, we can't see the special debugger 2322 # variables, or get to the debugger's subs. (Well, we 2323 # _could_, but why make it even more complicated?) 2324 eval "\$cmd =~ $alias{$i}"; 2325 if ($@) { 2326 local $\ = ''; 2327 print $OUT "Couldn't evaluate `$i' alias: $@"; 2328 next CMD; 2329 } 2330 } ## end if ($alias{$i}) 2331 2332=head3 MAIN-LINE COMMANDS 2333 2334All of these commands work up to and after the program being debugged has 2335terminated. 2336 2337=head4 C<q> - quit 2338 2339Quit the debugger. This entails setting the C<$fall_off_end> flag, so we don't 2340try to execute further, cleaning any restart-related stuff out of the 2341environment, and executing with the last value of C<$?>. 2342 2343=cut 2344 2345 $cmd =~ /^q$/ && do { 2346 $fall_off_end = 1; 2347 clean_ENV(); 2348 exit $?; 2349 }; 2350 2351=head4 C<t> - trace 2352 2353Turn tracing on or off. Inverts the appropriate bit in C<$trace> (q.v.). 2354 2355=cut 2356 2357 $cmd =~ /^t$/ && do { 2358 $trace ^= 1; 2359 local $\ = ''; 2360 print $OUT "Trace = " 2361 . ( ( $trace & 1 ) ? "on" : "off" ) . "\n"; 2362 next CMD; 2363 }; 2364 2365=head4 C<S> - list subroutines matching/not matching a pattern 2366 2367Walks through C<%sub>, checking to see whether or not to print the name. 2368 2369=cut 2370 2371 $cmd =~ /^S(\s+(!)?(.+))?$/ && do { 2372 2373 $Srev = defined $2; # Reverse scan? 2374 $Spatt = $3; # The pattern (if any) to use. 2375 $Snocheck = !defined $1; # No args - print all subs. 2376 2377 # Need to make these sane here. 2378 local $\ = ''; 2379 local $, = ''; 2380 2381 # Search through the debugger's magical hash of subs. 2382 # If $nocheck is true, just print the sub name. 2383 # Otherwise, check it against the pattern. We then use 2384 # the XOR trick to reverse the condition as required. 2385 foreach $subname ( sort( keys %sub ) ) { 2386 if ( $Snocheck or $Srev ^ ( $subname =~ /$Spatt/ ) ) { 2387 print $OUT $subname, "\n"; 2388 } 2389 } 2390 next CMD; 2391 }; 2392 2393=head4 C<X> - list variables in current package 2394 2395Since the C<V> command actually processes this, just change this to the 2396appropriate C<V> command and fall through. 2397 2398=cut 2399 2400 $cmd =~ s/^X\b/V $package/; 2401 2402=head4 C<V> - list variables 2403 2404Uses C<dumpvar.pl> to dump out the current values for selected variables. 2405 2406=cut 2407 2408 # Bare V commands get the currently-being-debugged package 2409 # added. 2410 $cmd =~ /^V$/ && do { 2411 $cmd = "V $package"; 2412 }; 2413 2414 # V - show variables in package. 2415 $cmd =~ /^V\b\s*(\S+)\s*(.*)/ && do { 2416 2417 # Save the currently selected filehandle and 2418 # force output to debugger's filehandle (dumpvar 2419 # just does "print" for output). 2420 local ($savout) = select($OUT); 2421 2422 # Grab package name and variables to dump. 2423 $packname = $1; 2424 @vars = split( ' ', $2 ); 2425 2426 # If main::dumpvar isn't here, get it. 2427 do 'dumpvar.pl' || die $@ unless defined &main::dumpvar; 2428 if ( defined &main::dumpvar ) { 2429 2430 # We got it. Turn off subroutine entry/exit messages 2431 # for the moment, along with return values. 2432 local $frame = 0; 2433 local $doret = -2; 2434 2435 # must detect sigpipe failures - not catching 2436 # then will cause the debugger to die. 2437 eval { 2438 &main::dumpvar( 2439 $packname, 2440 defined $option{dumpDepth} 2441 ? $option{dumpDepth} 2442 : -1, # assume -1 unless specified 2443 @vars 2444 ); 2445 }; 2446 2447 # The die doesn't need to include the $@, because 2448 # it will automatically get propagated for us. 2449 if ($@) { 2450 die unless $@ =~ /dumpvar print failed/; 2451 } 2452 } ## end if (defined &main::dumpvar) 2453 else { 2454 2455 # Couldn't load dumpvar. 2456 print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n"; 2457 } 2458 2459 # Restore the output filehandle, and go round again. 2460 select($savout); 2461 next CMD; 2462 }; 2463 2464=head4 C<x> - evaluate and print an expression 2465 2466Hands the expression off to C<DB::eval>, setting it up to print the value 2467via C<dumpvar.pl> instead of just printing it directly. 2468 2469=cut 2470 2471 $cmd =~ s/^x\b/ / && do { # Remainder gets done by DB::eval() 2472 $onetimeDump = 'dump'; # main::dumpvar shows the output 2473 2474 # handle special "x 3 blah" syntax XXX propagate 2475 # doc back to special variables. 2476 if ( $cmd =~ s/^\s*(\d+)(?=\s)/ / ) { 2477 $onetimedumpDepth = $1; 2478 } 2479 }; 2480 2481=head4 C<m> - print methods 2482 2483Just uses C<DB::methods> to determine what methods are available. 2484 2485=cut 2486 2487 $cmd =~ s/^m\s+([\w:]+)\s*$/ / && do { 2488 methods($1); 2489 next CMD; 2490 }; 2491 2492 # m expr - set up DB::eval to do the work 2493 $cmd =~ s/^m\b/ / && do { # Rest gets done by DB::eval() 2494 $onetimeDump = 'methods'; # method output gets used there 2495 }; 2496 2497=head4 C<f> - switch files 2498 2499=cut 2500 2501 $cmd =~ /^f\b\s*(.*)/ && do { 2502 $file = $1; 2503 $file =~ s/\s+$//; 2504 2505 # help for no arguments (old-style was return from sub). 2506 if ( !$file ) { 2507 print $OUT 2508 "The old f command is now the r command.\n"; # hint 2509 print $OUT "The new f command switches filenames.\n"; 2510 next CMD; 2511 } ## end if (!$file) 2512 2513 # if not in magic file list, try a close match. 2514 if ( !defined $main::{ '_<' . $file } ) { 2515 if ( ($try) = grep( m#^_<.*$file#, keys %main:: ) ) { 2516 { 2517 $try = substr( $try, 2 ); 2518 print $OUT "Choosing $try matching `$file':\n"; 2519 $file = $try; 2520 } 2521 } ## end if (($try) = grep(m#^_<.*$file#... 2522 } ## end if (!defined $main::{ ... 2523 2524 # If not successfully switched now, we failed. 2525 if ( !defined $main::{ '_<' . $file } ) { 2526 print $OUT "No file matching `$file' is loaded.\n"; 2527 next CMD; 2528 } 2529 2530 # We switched, so switch the debugger internals around. 2531 elsif ( $file ne $filename ) { 2532 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file }; 2533 $max = $#dbline; 2534 $filename = $file; 2535 $start = 1; 2536 $cmd = "l"; 2537 } ## end elsif ($file ne $filename) 2538 2539 # We didn't switch; say we didn't. 2540 else { 2541 print $OUT "Already in $file.\n"; 2542 next CMD; 2543 } 2544 }; 2545 2546=head4 C<.> - return to last-executed line. 2547 2548We set C<$incr> to -1 to indicate that the debugger shouldn't move ahead, 2549and then we look up the line in the magical C<%dbline> hash. 2550 2551=cut 2552 2553 # . command. 2554 $cmd =~ /^\.$/ && do { 2555 $incr = -1; # stay at current line 2556 2557 # Reset everything to the old location. 2558 $start = $line; 2559 $filename = $filename_ini; 2560 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename }; 2561 $max = $#dbline; 2562 2563 # Now where are we? 2564 print_lineinfo($position); 2565 next CMD; 2566 }; 2567 2568=head4 C<-> - back one window 2569 2570We change C<$start> to be one window back; if we go back past the first line, 2571we set it to be the first line. We ser C<$incr> to put us back at the 2572currently-executing line, and then put a C<l $start +> (list one window from 2573C<$start>) in C<$cmd> to be executed later. 2574 2575=cut 2576 2577 # - - back a window. 2578 $cmd =~ /^-$/ && do { 2579 2580 # back up by a window; go to 1 if back too far. 2581 $start -= $incr + $window + 1; 2582 $start = 1 if $start <= 0; 2583 $incr = $window - 1; 2584 2585 # Generate and execute a "l +" command (handled below). 2586 $cmd = 'l ' . ($start) . '+'; 2587 }; 2588 2589=head3 PRE-580 COMMANDS VS. NEW COMMANDS: C<a, A, b, B, h, l, L, M, o, O, P, v, w, W, E<lt>, E<lt>E<lt>, {, {{> 2590 2591In Perl 5.8.0, a realignment of the commands was done to fix up a number of 2592problems, most notably that the default case of several commands destroying 2593the user's work in setting watchpoints, actions, etc. We wanted, however, to 2594retain the old commands for those who were used to using them or who preferred 2595them. At this point, we check for the new commands and call C<cmd_wrapper> to 2596deal with them instead of processing them in-line. 2597 2598=cut 2599 2600 # All of these commands were remapped in perl 5.8.0; 2601 # we send them off to the secondary dispatcher (see below). 2602 $cmd =~ /^([aAbBeEhilLMoOPvwW]\b|[<>\{]{1,2})\s*(.*)/so && do { 2603 &cmd_wrapper( $1, $2, $line ); 2604 next CMD; 2605 }; 2606 2607=head4 C<y> - List lexicals in higher scope 2608 2609Uses C<PadWalker> to find the lexicals supplied as arguments in a scope 2610above the current one and then displays then using C<dumpvar.pl>. 2611 2612=cut 2613 2614 $cmd =~ /^y(?:\s+(\d*)\s*(.*))?$/ && do { 2615 2616 # See if we've got the necessary support. 2617 eval { require PadWalker; PadWalker->VERSION(0.08) } 2618 or &warn( 2619 $@ =~ /locate/ 2620 ? "PadWalker module not found - please install\n" 2621 : $@ 2622 ) 2623 and next CMD; 2624 2625 # Load up dumpvar if we don't have it. If we can, that is. 2626 do 'dumpvar.pl' || die $@ unless defined &main::dumpvar; 2627 defined &main::dumpvar 2628 or print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n" 2629 and next CMD; 2630 2631 # Got all the modules we need. Find them and print them. 2632 my @vars = split( ' ', $2 || '' ); 2633 2634 # Find the pad. 2635 my $h = eval { PadWalker::peek_my( ( $1 || 0 ) + 1 ) }; 2636 2637 # Oops. Can't find it. 2638 $@ and $@ =~ s/ at .*//, &warn($@), next CMD; 2639 2640 # Show the desired vars with dumplex(). 2641 my $savout = select($OUT); 2642 2643 # Have dumplex dump the lexicals. 2644 dumpvar::dumplex( $_, $h->{$_}, 2645 defined $option{dumpDepth} ? $option{dumpDepth} : -1, 2646 @vars ) 2647 for sort keys %$h; 2648 select($savout); 2649 next CMD; 2650 }; 2651 2652=head3 COMMANDS NOT WORKING AFTER PROGRAM ENDS 2653 2654All of the commands below this point don't work after the program being 2655debugged has ended. All of them check to see if the program has ended; this 2656allows the commands to be relocated without worrying about a 'line of 2657demarcation' above which commands can be entered anytime, and below which 2658they can't. 2659 2660=head4 C<n> - single step, but don't trace down into subs 2661 2662Done by setting C<$single> to 2, which forces subs to execute straight through 2663when entered (see C<DB::sub>). We also save the C<n> command in C<$laststep>, 2664so a null command knows what to re-execute. 2665 2666=cut 2667 2668 # n - next 2669 $cmd =~ /^n$/ && do { 2670 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1; 2671 2672 # Single step, but don't enter subs. 2673 $single = 2; 2674 2675 # Save for empty command (repeat last). 2676 $laststep = $cmd; 2677 last CMD; 2678 }; 2679 2680=head4 C<s> - single-step, entering subs 2681 2682Sets C<$single> to 1, which causes C<DB::sub> to continue tracing inside 2683subs. Also saves C<s> as C<$lastcmd>. 2684 2685=cut 2686 2687 # s - single step. 2688 $cmd =~ /^s$/ && do { 2689 2690 # Get out and restart the command loop if program 2691 # has finished. 2692 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1; 2693 2694 # Single step should enter subs. 2695 $single = 1; 2696 2697 # Save for empty command (repeat last). 2698 $laststep = $cmd; 2699 last CMD; 2700 }; 2701 2702=head4 C<c> - run continuously, setting an optional breakpoint 2703 2704Most of the code for this command is taken up with locating the optional 2705breakpoint, which is either a subroutine name or a line number. We set 2706the appropriate one-time-break in C<@dbline> and then turn off single-stepping 2707in this and all call levels above this one. 2708 2709=cut 2710 2711 # c - start continuous execution. 2712 $cmd =~ /^c\b\s*([\w:]*)\s*$/ && do { 2713 2714 # Hey, show's over. The debugged program finished 2715 # executing already. 2716 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1; 2717 2718 # Capture the place to put a one-time break. 2719 $subname = $i = $1; 2720 2721 # Probably not needed, since we finish an interactive 2722 # sub-session anyway... 2723 # local $filename = $filename; 2724 # local *dbline = *dbline; # XXX Would this work?! 2725 # 2726 # The above question wonders if localizing the alias 2727 # to the magic array works or not. Since it's commented 2728 # out, we'll just leave that to speculation for now. 2729 2730 # If the "subname" isn't all digits, we'll assume it 2731 # is a subroutine name, and try to find it. 2732 if ( $subname =~ /\D/ ) { # subroutine name 2733 # Qualify it to the current package unless it's 2734 # already qualified. 2735 $subname = $package . "::" . $subname 2736 unless $subname =~ /::/; 2737 2738 # find_sub will return "file:line_number" corresponding 2739 # to where the subroutine is defined; we call find_sub, 2740 # break up the return value, and assign it in one 2741 # operation. 2742 ( $file, $i ) = ( find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(.*)$/ ); 2743 2744 # Force the line number to be numeric. 2745 $i += 0; 2746 2747 # If we got a line number, we found the sub. 2748 if ($i) { 2749 2750 # Switch all the debugger's internals around so 2751 # we're actually working with that file. 2752 $filename = $file; 2753 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename }; 2754 2755 # Mark that there's a breakpoint in this file. 2756 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1; 2757 2758 # Scan forward to the first executable line 2759 # after the 'sub whatever' line. 2760 $max = $#dbline; 2761 ++$i while $dbline[$i] == 0 && $i < $max; 2762 } ## end if ($i) 2763 2764 # We didn't find a sub by that name. 2765 else { 2766 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n"; 2767 next CMD; 2768 } 2769 } ## end if ($subname =~ /\D/) 2770 2771 # At this point, either the subname was all digits (an 2772 # absolute line-break request) or we've scanned through 2773 # the code following the definition of the sub, looking 2774 # for an executable, which we may or may not have found. 2775 # 2776 # If $i (which we set $subname from) is non-zero, we 2777 # got a request to break at some line somewhere. On 2778 # one hand, if there wasn't any real subroutine name 2779 # involved, this will be a request to break in the current 2780 # file at the specified line, so we have to check to make 2781 # sure that the line specified really is breakable. 2782 # 2783 # On the other hand, if there was a subname supplied, the 2784 # preceding block has moved us to the proper file and 2785 # location within that file, and then scanned forward 2786 # looking for the next executable line. We have to make 2787 # sure that one was found. 2788 # 2789 # On the gripping hand, we can't do anything unless the 2790 # current value of $i points to a valid breakable line. 2791 # Check that. 2792 if ($i) { 2793 2794 # Breakable? 2795 if ( $dbline[$i] == 0 ) { 2796 print $OUT "Line $i not breakable.\n"; 2797 next CMD; 2798 } 2799 2800 # Yes. Set up the one-time-break sigil. 2801 $dbline{$i} =~ s/($|\0)/;9$1/; # add one-time-only b.p. 2802 } ## end if ($i) 2803 2804 # Turn off stack tracing from here up. 2805 for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ; ) { 2806 $stack[ $i++ ] &= ~1; 2807 } 2808 last CMD; 2809 }; 2810 2811=head4 C<r> - return from a subroutine 2812 2813For C<r> to work properly, the debugger has to stop execution again 2814immediately after the return is executed. This is done by forcing 2815single-stepping to be on in the call level above the current one. If 2816we are printing return values when a C<r> is executed, set C<$doret> 2817appropriately, and force us out of the command loop. 2818 2819=cut 2820 2821 # r - return from the current subroutine. 2822 $cmd =~ /^r$/ && do { 2823 2824 # Can't do anythign if the program's over. 2825 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1; 2826 2827 # Turn on stack trace. 2828 $stack[$stack_depth] |= 1; 2829 2830 # Print return value unless the stack is empty. 2831 $doret = $option{PrintRet} ? $stack_depth - 1 : -2; 2832 last CMD; 2833 }; 2834 2835=head4 C<T> - stack trace 2836 2837Just calls C<DB::print_trace>. 2838 2839=cut 2840 2841 $cmd =~ /^T$/ && do { 2842 print_trace( $OUT, 1 ); # skip DB 2843 next CMD; 2844 }; 2845 2846=head4 C<w> - List window around current line. 2847 2848Just calls C<DB::cmd_w>. 2849 2850=cut 2851 2852 $cmd =~ /^w\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_w( 'w', $1 ); next CMD; }; 2853 2854=head4 C<W> - watch-expression processing. 2855 2856Just calls C<DB::cmd_W>. 2857 2858=cut 2859 2860 $cmd =~ /^W\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_W( 'W', $1 ); next CMD; }; 2861 2862=head4 C</> - search forward for a string in the source 2863 2864We take the argument and treat it as a pattern. If it turns out to be a 2865bad one, we return the error we got from trying to C<eval> it and exit. 2866If not, we create some code to do the search and C<eval> it so it can't 2867mess us up. 2868 2869=cut 2870 2871 $cmd =~ /^\/(.*)$/ && do { 2872 2873 # The pattern as a string. 2874 $inpat = $1; 2875 2876 # Remove the final slash. 2877 $inpat =~ s:([^\\])/$:$1:; 2878 2879 # If the pattern isn't null ... 2880 if ( $inpat ne "" ) { 2881 2882 # Turn of warn and die procesing for a bit. 2883 local $SIG{__DIE__}; 2884 local $SIG{__WARN__}; 2885 2886 # Create the pattern. 2887 eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a"; 2888 if ( $@ ne "" ) { 2889 2890 # Oops. Bad pattern. No biscuit. 2891 # Print the eval error and go back for more 2892 # commands. 2893 print $OUT "$@"; 2894 next CMD; 2895 } 2896 $pat = $inpat; 2897 } ## end if ($inpat ne "") 2898 2899 # Set up to stop on wrap-around. 2900 $end = $start; 2901 2902 # Don't move off the current line. 2903 $incr = -1; 2904 2905 # Done in eval so nothing breaks if the pattern 2906 # does something weird. 2907 eval ' 2908 for (;;) { 2909 # Move ahead one line. 2910 ++$start; 2911 2912 # Wrap if we pass the last line. 2913 $start = 1 if ($start > $max); 2914 2915 # Stop if we have gotten back to this line again, 2916 last if ($start == $end); 2917 2918 # A hit! (Note, though, that we are doing 2919 # case-insensitive matching. Maybe a qr// 2920 # expression would be better, so the user could 2921 # do case-sensitive matching if desired. 2922 if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) { 2923 if ($slave_editor) { 2924 # Handle proper escaping in the slave. 2925 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n"; 2926 } 2927 else { 2928 # Just print the line normally. 2929 print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n"; 2930 } 2931 # And quit since we found something. 2932 last; 2933 } 2934 } '; 2935 2936 # If we wrapped, there never was a match. 2937 print $OUT "/$pat/: not found\n" if ( $start == $end ); 2938 next CMD; 2939 }; 2940 2941=head4 C<?> - search backward for a string in the source 2942 2943Same as for C</>, except the loop runs backwards. 2944 2945=cut 2946 2947 # ? - backward pattern search. 2948 $cmd =~ /^\?(.*)$/ && do { 2949 2950 # Get the pattern, remove trailing question mark. 2951 $inpat = $1; 2952 $inpat =~ s:([^\\])\?$:$1:; 2953 2954 # If we've got one ... 2955 if ( $inpat ne "" ) { 2956 2957 # Turn off die & warn handlers. 2958 local $SIG{__DIE__}; 2959 local $SIG{__WARN__}; 2960 eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a"; 2961 2962 if ( $@ ne "" ) { 2963 2964 # Ouch. Not good. Print the error. 2965 print $OUT $@; 2966 next CMD; 2967 } 2968 $pat = $inpat; 2969 } ## end if ($inpat ne "") 2970 2971 # Where we are now is where to stop after wraparound. 2972 $end = $start; 2973 2974 # Don't move away from this line. 2975 $incr = -1; 2976 2977 # Search inside the eval to prevent pattern badness 2978 # from killing us. 2979 eval ' 2980 for (;;) { 2981 # Back up a line. 2982 --$start; 2983 2984 # Wrap if we pass the first line. 2985 2986 $start = $max if ($start <= 0); 2987 2988 # Quit if we get back where we started, 2989 last if ($start == $end); 2990 2991 # Match? 2992 if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) { 2993 if ($slave_editor) { 2994 # Yep, follow slave editor requirements. 2995 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n"; 2996 } 2997 else { 2998 # Yep, just print normally. 2999 print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n"; 3000 } 3001 3002 # Found, so done. 3003 last; 3004 } 3005 } '; 3006 3007 # Say we failed if the loop never found anything, 3008 print $OUT "?$pat?: not found\n" if ( $start == $end ); 3009 next CMD; 3010 }; 3011 3012=head4 C<$rc> - Recall command 3013 3014Manages the commands in C<@hist> (which is created if C<Term::ReadLine> reports 3015that the terminal supports history). It find the command required, puts it 3016into C<$cmd>, and redoes the loop to execute it. 3017 3018=cut 3019 3020 # $rc - recall command. 3021 $cmd =~ /^$rc+\s*(-)?(\d+)?$/ && do { 3022 3023 # No arguments, take one thing off history. 3024 pop(@hist) if length($cmd) > 1; 3025 3026 # Relative (- found)? 3027 # Y - index back from most recent (by 1 if bare minus) 3028 # N - go to that particular command slot or the last 3029 # thing if nothing following. 3030 $i = $1 ? ( $#hist - ( $2 || 1 ) ) : ( $2 || $#hist ); 3031 3032 # Pick out the command desired. 3033 $cmd = $hist[$i]; 3034 3035 # Print the command to be executed and restart the loop 3036 # with that command in the buffer. 3037 print $OUT $cmd, "\n"; 3038 redo CMD; 3039 }; 3040 3041=head4 C<$sh$sh> - C<system()> command 3042 3043Calls the C<DB::system()> to handle the command. This keeps the C<STDIN> and 3044C<STDOUT> from getting messed up. 3045 3046=cut 3047 3048 # $sh$sh - run a shell command (if it's all ASCII). 3049 # Can't run shell commands with Unicode in the debugger, hmm. 3050 $cmd =~ /^$sh$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do { 3051 3052 # System it. 3053 &system($1); 3054 next CMD; 3055 }; 3056 3057=head4 C<$rc I<pattern> $rc> - Search command history 3058 3059Another command to manipulate C<@hist>: this one searches it with a pattern. 3060If a command is found, it is placed in C<$cmd> and executed via C<redo>. 3061 3062=cut 3063 3064 # $rc pattern $rc - find a command in the history. 3065 $cmd =~ /^$rc([^$rc].*)$/ && do { 3066 3067 # Create the pattern to use. 3068 $pat = "^$1"; 3069 3070 # Toss off last entry if length is >1 (and it always is). 3071 pop(@hist) if length($cmd) > 1; 3072 3073 # Look backward through the history. 3074 for ( $i = $#hist ; $i ; --$i ) { 3075 3076 # Stop if we find it. 3077 last if $hist[$i] =~ /$pat/; 3078 } 3079 3080 if ( !$i ) { 3081 3082 # Never found it. 3083 print $OUT "No such command!\n\n"; 3084 next CMD; 3085 } 3086 3087 # Found it. Put it in the buffer, print it, and process it. 3088 $cmd = $hist[$i]; 3089 print $OUT $cmd, "\n"; 3090 redo CMD; 3091 }; 3092 3093=head4 C<$sh> - Invoke a shell 3094 3095Uses C<DB::system> to invoke a shell. 3096 3097=cut 3098 3099 # $sh - start a shell. 3100 $cmd =~ /^$sh$/ && do { 3101 3102 # Run the user's shell. If none defined, run Bourne. 3103 # We resume execution when the shell terminates. 3104 &system( $ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh" ); 3105 next CMD; 3106 }; 3107 3108=head4 C<$sh I<command>> - Force execution of a command in a shell 3109 3110Like the above, but the command is passed to the shell. Again, we use 3111C<DB::system> to avoid problems with C<STDIN> and C<STDOUT>. 3112 3113=cut 3114 3115 # $sh command - start a shell and run a command in it. 3116 $cmd =~ /^$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do { 3117 3118 # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals! 3119 #&system($1); # use this instead 3120 3121 # use the user's shell, or Bourne if none defined. 3122 &system( $ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh", "-c", $1 ); 3123 next CMD; 3124 }; 3125 3126=head4 C<H> - display commands in history 3127 3128Prints the contents of C<@hist> (if any). 3129 3130=cut 3131 3132 $cmd =~ /^H\b\s*\*/ && do { 3133 @hist = @truehist = (); 3134 print $OUT "History cleansed\n"; 3135 next CMD; 3136 }; 3137 3138 $cmd =~ /^H\b\s*(-(\d+))?/ && do { 3139 3140 # Anything other than negative numbers is ignored by 3141 # the (incorrect) pattern, so this test does nothing. 3142 $end = $2 ? ( $#hist - $2 ) : 0; 3143 3144 # Set to the minimum if less than zero. 3145 $hist = 0 if $hist < 0; 3146 3147 # Start at the end of the array. 3148 # Stay in while we're still above the ending value. 3149 # Tick back by one each time around the loop. 3150 for ( $i = $#hist ; $i > $end ; $i-- ) { 3151 3152 # Print the command unless it has no arguments. 3153 print $OUT "$i: ", $hist[$i], "\n" 3154 unless $hist[$i] =~ /^.?$/; 3155 } 3156 next CMD; 3157 }; 3158 3159=head4 C<man, doc, perldoc> - look up documentation 3160 3161Just calls C<runman()> to print the appropriate document. 3162 3163=cut 3164 3165 # man, perldoc, doc - show manual pages. 3166 $cmd =~ /^(?:man|(?:perl)?doc)\b(?:\s+([^(]*))?$/ && do { 3167 runman($1); 3168 next CMD; 3169 }; 3170 3171=head4 C<p> - print 3172 3173Builds a C<print EXPR> expression in the C<$cmd>; this will get executed at 3174the bottom of the loop. 3175 3176=cut 3177 3178 # p - print (no args): print $_. 3179 $cmd =~ s/^p$/print {\$DB::OUT} \$_/; 3180 3181 # p - print the given expression. 3182 $cmd =~ s/^p\b/print {\$DB::OUT} /; 3183 3184=head4 C<=> - define command alias 3185 3186Manipulates C<%alias> to add or list command aliases. 3187 3188=cut 3189 3190 # = - set up a command alias. 3191 $cmd =~ s/^=\s*// && do { 3192 my @keys; 3193 if ( length $cmd == 0 ) { 3194 3195 # No args, get current aliases. 3196 @keys = sort keys %alias; 3197 } 3198 elsif ( my ( $k, $v ) = ( $cmd =~ /^(\S+)\s+(\S.*)/ ) ) { 3199 3200 # Creating a new alias. $k is alias name, $v is 3201 # alias value. 3202 3203 # can't use $_ or kill //g state 3204 for my $x ( $k, $v ) { 3205 3206 # Escape "alarm" characters. 3207 $x =~ s/\a/\\a/g; 3208 } 3209 3210 # Substitute key for value, using alarm chars 3211 # as separators (which is why we escaped them in 3212 # the command). 3213 $alias{$k} = "s\a$k\a$v\a"; 3214 3215 # Turn off standard warn and die behavior. 3216 local $SIG{__DIE__}; 3217 local $SIG{__WARN__}; 3218 3219 # Is it valid Perl? 3220 unless ( eval "sub { s\a$k\a$v\a }; 1" ) { 3221 3222 # Nope. Bad alias. Say so and get out. 3223 print $OUT "Can't alias $k to $v: $@\n"; 3224 delete $alias{$k}; 3225 next CMD; 3226 } 3227 3228 # We'll only list the new one. 3229 @keys = ($k); 3230 } ## end elsif (my ($k, $v) = ($cmd... 3231 3232 # The argument is the alias to list. 3233 else { 3234 @keys = ($cmd); 3235 } 3236 3237 # List aliases. 3238 for my $k (@keys) { 3239 3240 # Messy metaquoting: Trim the substiution code off. 3241 # We use control-G as the delimiter because it's not 3242 # likely to appear in the alias. 3243 if ( ( my $v = $alias{$k} ) =~ ss\a$k\a(.*)\a$1 ) { 3244 3245 # Print the alias. 3246 print $OUT "$k\t= $1\n"; 3247 } 3248 elsif ( defined $alias{$k} ) { 3249 3250 # Couldn't trim it off; just print the alias code. 3251 print $OUT "$k\t$alias{$k}\n"; 3252 } 3253 else { 3254 3255 # No such, dude. 3256 print "No alias for $k\n"; 3257 } 3258 } ## end for my $k (@keys) 3259 next CMD; 3260 }; 3261 3262=head4 C<source> - read commands from a file. 3263 3264Opens a lexical filehandle and stacks it on C<@cmdfhs>; C<DB::readline> will 3265pick it up. 3266 3267=cut 3268 3269 # source - read commands from a file (or pipe!) and execute. 3270 $cmd =~ /^source\s+(.*\S)/ && do { 3271 if ( open my $fh, $1 ) { 3272 3273 # Opened OK; stick it in the list of file handles. 3274 push @cmdfhs, $fh; 3275 } 3276 else { 3277 3278 # Couldn't open it. 3279 &warn("Can't execute `$1': $!\n"); 3280 } 3281 next CMD; 3282 }; 3283 3284=head4 C<save> - send current history to a file 3285 3286Takes the complete history, (not the shrunken version you see with C<H>), 3287and saves it to the given filename, so it can be replayed using C<source>. 3288 3289Note that all C<^(save|source)>'s are commented out with a view to minimise recursion. 3290 3291=cut 3292 3293 # save source - write commands to a file for later use 3294 $cmd =~ /^save\s*(.*)$/ && do { 3295 my $file = $1 || '.perl5dbrc'; # default? 3296 if ( open my $fh, "> $file" ) { 3297 3298 # chomp to remove extraneous newlines from source'd files 3299 chomp( my @truelist = 3300 map { m/^\s*(save|source)/ ? "#$_" : $_ } 3301 @truehist ); 3302 print $fh join( "\n", @truelist ); 3303 print "commands saved in $file\n"; 3304 } 3305 else { 3306 &warn("Can't save debugger commands in '$1': $!\n"); 3307 } 3308 next CMD; 3309 }; 3310 3311=head4 C<R> - restart 3312 3313Restart the debugger session. 3314 3315=head4 C<rerun> - rerun the current session 3316 3317Return to any given position in the B<true>-history list 3318 3319=cut 3320 3321 # R - restart execution. 3322 # rerun - controlled restart execution. 3323 $cmd =~ /^(R|rerun\s*(.*))$/ && do { 3324 my @args = ($1 eq 'R' ? restart() : rerun($2)); 3325 3326 # Close all non-system fds for a clean restart. A more 3327 # correct method would be to close all fds that were not 3328 # open when the process started, but this seems to be 3329 # hard. See "debugger 'R'estart and open database 3330 # connections" on p5p. 3331 3332 my $max_fd = 1024; # default if POSIX can't be loaded 3333 if (eval { require POSIX }) { 3334 $max_fd = POSIX::sysconf(POSIX::_SC_OPEN_MAX()); 3335 } 3336 3337 if (defined $max_fd) { 3338 foreach ($^F+1 .. $max_fd-1) { 3339 next unless open FD_TO_CLOSE, "<&=$_"; 3340 close(FD_TO_CLOSE); 3341 } 3342 } 3343 3344 # And run Perl again. We use exec() to keep the 3345 # PID stable (and that way $ini_pids is still valid). 3346 exec(@args) || print $OUT "exec failed: $!\n"; 3347 3348 last CMD; 3349 }; 3350 3351=head4 C<|, ||> - pipe output through the pager. 3352 3353For C<|>, we save C<OUT> (the debugger's output filehandle) and C<STDOUT> 3354(the program's standard output). For C<||>, we only save C<OUT>. We open a 3355pipe to the pager (restoring the output filehandles if this fails). If this 3356is the C<|> command, we also set up a C<SIGPIPE> handler which will simply 3357set C<$signal>, sending us back into the debugger. 3358 3359We then trim off the pipe symbols and C<redo> the command loop at the 3360C<PIPE> label, causing us to evaluate the command in C<$cmd> without 3361reading another. 3362 3363=cut 3364 3365 # || - run command in the pager, with output to DB::OUT. 3366 $cmd =~ /^\|\|?\s*[^|]/ && do { 3367 if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) { 3368 3369 # Default pager is into a pipe. Redirect I/O. 3370 open( SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT" ) 3371 || &warn("Can't save STDOUT"); 3372 open( STDOUT, ">&OUT" ) 3373 || &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT"); 3374 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/) 3375 else { 3376 3377 # Not into a pipe. STDOUT is safe. 3378 open( SAVEOUT, ">&OUT" ) || &warn("Can't save DB::OUT"); 3379 } 3380 3381 # Fix up environment to record we have less if so. 3382 fix_less(); 3383 3384 unless ( $piped = open( OUT, $pager ) ) { 3385 3386 # Couldn't open pipe to pager. 3387 &warn("Can't pipe output to `$pager'"); 3388 if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) { 3389 3390 # Redirect I/O back again. 3391 open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) # XXX: lost message 3392 || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT"); 3393 open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) 3394 || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT"); 3395 close(SAVEOUT); 3396 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/) 3397 else { 3398 3399 # Redirect I/O. STDOUT already safe. 3400 open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) # XXX: lost message 3401 || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT"); 3402 } 3403 next CMD; 3404 } ## end unless ($piped = open(OUT,... 3405 3406 # Set up broken-pipe handler if necessary. 3407 $SIG{PIPE} = \&DB::catch 3408 if $pager =~ /^\|/ 3409 && ( "" eq $SIG{PIPE} || "DEFAULT" eq $SIG{PIPE} ); 3410 3411 # Save current filehandle, unbuffer out, and put it back. 3412 $selected = select(OUT); 3413 $| = 1; 3414 3415 # Don't put it back if pager was a pipe. 3416 select($selected), $selected = "" unless $cmd =~ /^\|\|/; 3417 3418 # Trim off the pipe symbols and run the command now. 3419 $cmd =~ s/^\|+\s*//; 3420 redo PIPE; 3421 }; 3422 3423=head3 END OF COMMAND PARSING 3424 3425Anything left in C<$cmd> at this point is a Perl expression that we want to 3426evaluate. We'll always evaluate in the user's context, and fully qualify 3427any variables we might want to address in the C<DB> package. 3428 3429=cut 3430 3431 # t - turn trace on. 3432 $cmd =~ s/^t\s/\$DB::trace |= 1;\n/; 3433 3434 # s - single-step. Remember the last command was 's'. 3435 $cmd =~ s/^s\s/\$DB::single = 1;\n/ && do { $laststep = 's' }; 3436 3437 # n - single-step, but not into subs. Remember last command 3438 # was 'n'. 3439 $cmd =~ s/^n\s/\$DB::single = 2;\n/ && do { $laststep = 'n' }; 3440 3441 } # PIPE: 3442 3443 # Make sure the flag that says "the debugger's running" is 3444 # still on, to make sure we get control again. 3445 $evalarg = "\$^D = \$^D | \$DB::db_stop;\n$cmd"; 3446 3447 # Run *our* eval that executes in the caller's context. 3448 &eval; 3449 3450 # Turn off the one-time-dump stuff now. 3451 if ($onetimeDump) { 3452 $onetimeDump = undef; 3453 $onetimedumpDepth = undef; 3454 } 3455 elsif ( $term_pid == $$ ) { 3456 eval { # May run under miniperl, when not available... 3457 STDOUT->flush(); 3458 STDERR->flush(); 3459 }; 3460 3461 # XXX If this is the master pid, print a newline. 3462 print $OUT "\n"; 3463 } 3464 } ## end while (($term || &setterm... 3465 3466=head3 POST-COMMAND PROCESSING 3467 3468After each command, we check to see if the command output was piped anywhere. 3469If so, we go through the necessary code to unhook the pipe and go back to 3470our standard filehandles for input and output. 3471 3472=cut 3473 3474 continue { # CMD: 3475 3476 # At the end of every command: 3477 if ($piped) { 3478 3479 # Unhook the pipe mechanism now. 3480 if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) { 3481 3482 # No error from the child. 3483 $? = 0; 3484 3485 # we cannot warn here: the handle is missing --tchrist 3486 close(OUT) || print SAVEOUT "\nCan't close DB::OUT\n"; 3487 3488 # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms 3489 # $? is explicitly set to 0, so this never runs. 3490 if ($?) { 3491 print SAVEOUT "Pager `$pager' failed: "; 3492 if ( $? == -1 ) { 3493 print SAVEOUT "shell returned -1\n"; 3494 } 3495 elsif ( $? >> 8 ) { 3496 print SAVEOUT ( $? & 127 ) 3497 ? " (SIG#" . ( $? & 127 ) . ")" 3498 : "", ( $? & 128 ) ? " -- core dumped" : "", "\n"; 3499 } 3500 else { 3501 print SAVEOUT "status ", ( $? >> 8 ), "\n"; 3502 } 3503 } ## end if ($?) 3504 3505 # Reopen filehandle for our output (if we can) and 3506 # restore STDOUT (if we can). 3507 open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT"); 3508 open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) 3509 || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT"); 3510 3511 # Turn off pipe exception handler if necessary. 3512 $SIG{PIPE} = "DEFAULT" if $SIG{PIPE} eq \&DB::catch; 3513 3514 # Will stop ignoring SIGPIPE if done like nohup(1) 3515 # does SIGINT but Perl doesn't give us a choice. 3516 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/) 3517 else { 3518 3519 # Non-piped "pager". Just restore STDOUT. 3520 open( OUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT"); 3521 } 3522 3523 # Close filehandle pager was using, restore the normal one 3524 # if necessary, 3525 close(SAVEOUT); 3526 select($selected), $selected = "" unless $selected eq ""; 3527 3528 # No pipes now. 3529 $piped = ""; 3530 } ## end if ($piped) 3531 } # CMD: 3532 3533=head3 COMMAND LOOP TERMINATION 3534 3535When commands have finished executing, we come here. If the user closed the 3536input filehandle, we turn on C<$fall_off_end> to emulate a C<q> command. We 3537evaluate any post-prompt items. We restore C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, 3538C<$\>, and C<$^W>, and return a null list as expected by the Perl interpreter. 3539The interpreter will then execute the next line and then return control to us 3540again. 3541 3542=cut 3543 3544 # No more commands? Quit. 3545 $fall_off_end = 1 unless defined $cmd; # Emulate `q' on EOF 3546 3547 # Evaluate post-prompt commands. 3548 foreach $evalarg (@$post) { 3549 &eval; 3550 } 3551 } # if ($single || $signal) 3552 3553 # Put the user's globals back where you found them. 3554 ( $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W ) = @saved; 3555 (); 3556} ## end sub DB 3557 3558# The following code may be executed now: 3559# BEGIN {warn 4} 3560 3561=head2 sub 3562 3563C<sub> is called whenever a subroutine call happens in the program being 3564debugged. The variable C<$DB::sub> contains the name of the subroutine 3565being called. 3566 3567The core function of this subroutine is to actually call the sub in the proper 3568context, capturing its output. This of course causes C<DB::DB> to get called 3569again, repeating until the subroutine ends and returns control to C<DB::sub> 3570again. Once control returns, C<DB::sub> figures out whether or not to dump the 3571return value, and returns its captured copy of the return value as its own 3572return value. The value then feeds back into the program being debugged as if 3573C<DB::sub> hadn't been there at all. 3574 3575C<sub> does all the work of printing the subroutine entry and exit messages 3576enabled by setting C<$frame>. It notes what sub the autoloader got called for, 3577and also prints the return value if needed (for the C<r> command and if 3578the 16 bit is set in C<$frame>). 3579 3580It also tracks the subroutine call depth by saving the current setting of 3581C<$single> in the C<@stack> package global; if this exceeds the value in 3582C<$deep>, C<sub> automatically turns on printing of the current depth by 3583setting the C<4> bit in C<$single>. In any case, it keeps the current setting 3584of stop/don't stop on entry to subs set as it currently is set. 3585 3586=head3 C<caller()> support 3587 3588If C<caller()> is called from the package C<DB>, it provides some 3589additional data, in the following order: 3590 3591=over 4 3592 3593=item * C<$package> 3594 3595The package name the sub was in 3596 3597=item * C<$filename> 3598 3599The filename it was defined in 3600 3601=item * C<$line> 3602 3603The line number it was defined on 3604 3605=item * C<$subroutine> 3606 3607The subroutine name; C<(eval)> if an C<eval>(). 3608 3609=item * C<$hasargs> 3610 36111 if it has arguments, 0 if not 3612 3613=item * C<$wantarray> 3614 36151 if array context, 0 if scalar context 3616 3617=item * C<$evaltext> 3618 3619The C<eval>() text, if any (undefined for C<eval BLOCK>) 3620 3621=item * C<$is_require> 3622 3623frame was created by a C<use> or C<require> statement 3624 3625=item * C<$hints> 3626 3627pragma information; subject to change between versions 3628 3629=item * C<$bitmask> 3630 3631pragma information; subject to change between versions 3632 3633=item * C<@DB::args> 3634 3635arguments with which the subroutine was invoked 3636 3637=back 3638 3639=cut 3640 3641sub sub { 3642 # Do not use a regex in this subroutine -> results in corrupted memory 3643 # See: [perl #66110] 3644 3645 # lock ourselves under threads 3646 lock($DBGR); 3647 3648 # Whether or not the autoloader was running, a scalar to put the 3649 # sub's return value in (if needed), and an array to put the sub's 3650 # return value in (if needed). 3651 my ( $al, $ret, @ret ) = ""; 3652 if ($sub eq 'threads::new' && $ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) { 3653 print "creating new thread\n"; 3654 } 3655 3656 # If the last ten characters are '::AUTOLOAD', note we've traced 3657 # into AUTOLOAD for $sub. 3658 if ( length($sub) > 10 && substr( $sub, -10, 10 ) eq '::AUTOLOAD' ) { 3659 $al = " for $$sub" if defined $$sub; 3660 } 3661 3662 # We stack the stack pointer and then increment it to protect us 3663 # from a situation that might unwind a whole bunch of call frames 3664 # at once. Localizing the stack pointer means that it will automatically 3665 # unwind the same amount when multiple stack frames are unwound. 3666 local $stack_depth = $stack_depth + 1; # Protect from non-local exits 3667 3668 # Expand @stack. 3669 $#stack = $stack_depth; 3670 3671 # Save current single-step setting. 3672 $stack[-1] = $single; 3673 3674 # Turn off all flags except single-stepping. 3675 $single &= 1; 3676 3677 # If we've gotten really deeply recursed, turn on the flag that will 3678 # make us stop with the 'deep recursion' message. 3679 $single |= 4 if $stack_depth == $deep; 3680 3681 # If frame messages are on ... 3682 ( 3683 $frame & 4 # Extended frame entry message 3684 ? ( 3685 print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "in " ), 3686 3687 # Why -1? But it works! :-( 3688 # Because print_trace will call add 1 to it and then call 3689 # dump_trace; this results in our skipping -1+1 = 0 stack frames 3690 # in dump_trace. 3691 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" ) 3692 ) 3693 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "entering $sub$al\n" ) 3694 3695 # standard frame entry message 3696 ) 3697 if $frame; 3698 3699 # Determine the sub's return type,and capture approppriately. 3700 if (wantarray) { 3701 3702 # Called in array context. call sub and capture output. 3703 # DB::DB will recursively get control again if appropriate; we'll come 3704 # back here when the sub is finished. 3705 @ret = &$sub; 3706 3707 # Pop the single-step value back off the stack. 3708 $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ]; 3709 3710 # Check for exit trace messages... 3711 ( 3712 $frame & 4 # Extended exit message 3713 ? ( 3714 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "out " ), 3715 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" ) 3716 ) 3717 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n" ) 3718 3719 # Standard exit message 3720 ) 3721 if $frame & 2; 3722 3723 # Print the return info if we need to. 3724 if ( $doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16 ) { 3725 3726 # Turn off output record separator. 3727 local $\ = ''; 3728 my $fh = ( $doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO ); 3729 3730 # Indent if we're printing because of $frame tracing. 3731 print $fh ' ' x $stack_depth if $frame & 16; 3732 3733 # Print the return value. 3734 print $fh "list context return from $sub:\n"; 3735 dumpit( $fh, \@ret ); 3736 3737 # And don't print it again. 3738 $doret = -2; 3739 } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth... 3740 # And we have to return the return value now. 3741 @ret; 3742 } ## end if (wantarray) 3743 3744 # Scalar context. 3745 else { 3746 if ( defined wantarray ) { 3747 3748 # Save the value if it's wanted at all. 3749 $ret = &$sub; 3750 } 3751 else { 3752 3753 # Void return, explicitly. 3754 &$sub; 3755 undef $ret; 3756 } 3757 3758 # Pop the single-step value off the stack. 3759 $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ]; 3760 3761 # If we're doing exit messages... 3762 ( 3763 $frame & 4 # Extended messsages 3764 ? ( 3765 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "out " ), 3766 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" ) 3767 ) 3768 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n" ) 3769 3770 # Standard messages 3771 ) 3772 if $frame & 2; 3773 3774 # If we are supposed to show the return value... same as before. 3775 if ( $doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16 and defined wantarray ) { 3776 local $\ = ''; 3777 my $fh = ( $doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO ); 3778 print $fh ( ' ' x $stack_depth ) if $frame & 16; 3779 print $fh ( 3780 defined wantarray 3781 ? "scalar context return from $sub: " 3782 : "void context return from $sub\n" 3783 ); 3784 dumpit( $fh, $ret ) if defined wantarray; 3785 $doret = -2; 3786 } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth... 3787 3788 # Return the appropriate scalar value. 3789 $ret; 3790 } ## end else [ if (wantarray) 3791} ## end sub sub 3792 3793sub lsub : lvalue { 3794 3795 # lock ourselves under threads 3796 lock($DBGR); 3797 3798 # Whether or not the autoloader was running, a scalar to put the 3799 # sub's return value in (if needed), and an array to put the sub's 3800 # return value in (if needed). 3801 my ( $al, $ret, @ret ) = ""; 3802 if ($sub =~ /^threads::new$/ && $ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) { 3803 print "creating new thread\n"; 3804 } 3805 3806 # If the last ten characters are C'::AUTOLOAD', note we've traced 3807 # into AUTOLOAD for $sub. 3808 if ( length($sub) > 10 && substr( $sub, -10, 10 ) eq '::AUTOLOAD' ) { 3809 $al = " for $$sub"; 3810 } 3811 3812 # We stack the stack pointer and then increment it to protect us 3813 # from a situation that might unwind a whole bunch of call frames 3814 # at once. Localizing the stack pointer means that it will automatically 3815 # unwind the same amount when multiple stack frames are unwound. 3816 local $stack_depth = $stack_depth + 1; # Protect from non-local exits 3817 3818 # Expand @stack. 3819 $#stack = $stack_depth; 3820 3821 # Save current single-step setting. 3822 $stack[-1] = $single; 3823 3824 # Turn off all flags except single-stepping. 3825 $single &= 1; 3826 3827 # If we've gotten really deeply recursed, turn on the flag that will 3828 # make us stop with the 'deep recursion' message. 3829 $single |= 4 if $stack_depth == $deep; 3830 3831 # If frame messages are on ... 3832 ( 3833 $frame & 4 # Extended frame entry message 3834 ? ( 3835 print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "in " ), 3836 3837 # Why -1? But it works! :-( 3838 # Because print_trace will call add 1 to it and then call 3839 # dump_trace; this results in our skipping -1+1 = 0 stack frames 3840 # in dump_trace. 3841 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" ) 3842 ) 3843 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "entering $sub$al\n" ) 3844 3845 # standard frame entry message 3846 ) 3847 if $frame; 3848 3849 # Pop the single-step value back off the stack. 3850 $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ]; 3851 3852 # call the original lvalue sub. 3853 &$sub; 3854} 3855 3856=head1 EXTENDED COMMAND HANDLING AND THE COMMAND API 3857 3858In Perl 5.8.0, there was a major realignment of the commands and what they did, 3859Most of the changes were to systematize the command structure and to eliminate 3860commands that threw away user input without checking. 3861 3862The following sections describe the code added to make it easy to support 3863multiple command sets with conflicting command names. This section is a start 3864at unifying all command processing to make it simpler to develop commands. 3865 3866Note that all the cmd_[a-zA-Z] subroutines require the command name, a line 3867number, and C<$dbline> (the current line) as arguments. 3868 3869Support functions in this section which have multiple modes of failure C<die> 3870on error; the rest simply return a false value. 3871 3872The user-interface functions (all of the C<cmd_*> functions) just output 3873error messages. 3874 3875=head2 C<%set> 3876 3877The C<%set> hash defines the mapping from command letter to subroutine 3878name suffix. 3879 3880C<%set> is a two-level hash, indexed by set name and then by command name. 3881Note that trying to set the CommandSet to C<foobar> simply results in the 38825.8.0 command set being used, since there's no top-level entry for C<foobar>. 3883 3884=cut 3885 3886### The API section 3887 3888my %set = ( # 3889 'pre580' => { 3890 'a' => 'pre580_a', 3891 'A' => 'pre580_null', 3892 'b' => 'pre580_b', 3893 'B' => 'pre580_null', 3894 'd' => 'pre580_null', 3895 'D' => 'pre580_D', 3896 'h' => 'pre580_h', 3897 'M' => 'pre580_null', 3898 'O' => 'o', 3899 'o' => 'pre580_null', 3900 'v' => 'M', 3901 'w' => 'v', 3902 'W' => 'pre580_W', 3903 }, 3904 'pre590' => { 3905 '<' => 'pre590_prepost', 3906 '<<' => 'pre590_prepost', 3907 '>' => 'pre590_prepost', 3908 '>>' => 'pre590_prepost', 3909 '{' => 'pre590_prepost', 3910 '{{' => 'pre590_prepost', 3911 }, 3912); 3913 3914=head2 C<cmd_wrapper()> (API) 3915 3916C<cmd_wrapper()> allows the debugger to switch command sets 3917depending on the value of the C<CommandSet> option. 3918 3919It tries to look up the command in the C<%set> package-level I<lexical> 3920(which means external entities can't fiddle with it) and create the name of 3921the sub to call based on the value found in the hash (if it's there). I<All> 3922of the commands to be handled in a set have to be added to C<%set>; if they 3923aren't found, the 5.8.0 equivalent is called (if there is one). 3924 3925This code uses symbolic references. 3926 3927=cut 3928 3929sub cmd_wrapper { 3930 my $cmd = shift; 3931 my $line = shift; 3932 my $dblineno = shift; 3933 3934 # Assemble the command subroutine's name by looking up the 3935 # command set and command name in %set. If we can't find it, 3936 # default to the older version of the command. 3937 my $call = 'cmd_' 3938 . ( $set{$CommandSet}{$cmd} 3939 || ( $cmd =~ /^[<>{]+/o ? 'prepost' : $cmd ) ); 3940 3941 # Call the command subroutine, call it by name. 3942 return &$call( $cmd, $line, $dblineno ); 3943} ## end sub cmd_wrapper 3944 3945=head3 C<cmd_a> (command) 3946 3947The C<a> command handles pre-execution actions. These are associated with a 3948particular line, so they're stored in C<%dbline>. We default to the current 3949line if none is specified. 3950 3951=cut 3952 3953sub cmd_a { 3954 my $cmd = shift; 3955 my $line = shift || ''; # [.|line] expr 3956 my $dbline = shift; 3957 3958 # If it's dot (here), or not all digits, use the current line. 3959 $line =~ s/^(\.|(?:[^\d]))/$dbline/; 3960 3961 # Should be a line number followed by an expression. 3962 if ( $line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/ ) { 3963 my ( $lineno, $expr ) = ( $1, $2 ); 3964 3965 # If we have an expression ... 3966 if ( length $expr ) { 3967 3968 # ... but the line isn't breakable, complain. 3969 if ( $dbline[$lineno] == 0 ) { 3970 print $OUT 3971 "Line $lineno($dbline[$lineno]) does not have an action?\n"; 3972 } 3973 else { 3974 3975 # It's executable. Record that the line has an action. 3976 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2; 3977 3978 # Remove any action, temp breakpoint, etc. 3979 $dbline{$lineno} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//; 3980 3981 # Add the action to the line. 3982 $dbline{$lineno} .= "\0" . action($expr); 3983 } 3984 } ## end if (length $expr) 3985 } ## end if ($line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/) 3986 else { 3987 3988 # Syntax wrong. 3989 print $OUT 3990 "Adding an action requires an optional lineno and an expression\n" 3991 ; # hint 3992 } 3993} ## end sub cmd_a 3994 3995=head3 C<cmd_A> (command) 3996 3997Delete actions. Similar to above, except the delete code is in a separate 3998subroutine, C<delete_action>. 3999 4000=cut 4001 4002sub cmd_A { 4003 my $cmd = shift; 4004 my $line = shift || ''; 4005 my $dbline = shift; 4006 4007 # Dot is this line. 4008 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/; 4009 4010 # Call delete_action with a null param to delete them all. 4011 # The '1' forces the eval to be true. It'll be false only 4012 # if delete_action blows up for some reason, in which case 4013 # we print $@ and get out. 4014 if ( $line eq '*' ) { 4015 eval { &delete_action(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return; 4016 } 4017 4018 # There's a real line number. Pass it to delete_action. 4019 # Error trapping is as above. 4020 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) { 4021 eval { &delete_action($1); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return; 4022 } 4023 4024 # Swing and a miss. Bad syntax. 4025 else { 4026 print $OUT 4027 "Deleting an action requires a line number, or '*' for all\n" ; # hint 4028 } 4029} ## end sub cmd_A 4030 4031=head3 C<delete_action> (API) 4032 4033C<delete_action> accepts either a line number or C<undef>. If a line number 4034is specified, we check for the line being executable (if it's not, it 4035couldn't have had an action). If it is, we just take the action off (this 4036will get any kind of an action, including breakpoints). 4037 4038=cut 4039 4040sub delete_action { 4041 my $i = shift; 4042 if ( defined($i) ) { 4043 4044 # Can there be one? 4045 die "Line $i has no action .\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0; 4046 4047 # Nuke whatever's there. 4048 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//; # \^a 4049 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq ''; 4050 } 4051 else { 4052 print $OUT "Deleting all actions...\n"; 4053 for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) { 4054 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file }; 4055 my $max = $#dbline; 4056 my $was; 4057 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) { 4058 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) { 4059 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//; 4060 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq ''; 4061 } 4062 unless ( $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~2 ) { 4063 delete $had_breakpoints{$file}; 4064 } 4065 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max... 4066 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints) 4067 } ## end else [ if (defined($i)) 4068} ## end sub delete_action 4069 4070=head3 C<cmd_b> (command) 4071 4072Set breakpoints. Since breakpoints can be set in so many places, in so many 4073ways, conditionally or not, the breakpoint code is kind of complex. Mostly, 4074we try to parse the command type, and then shuttle it off to an appropriate 4075subroutine to actually do the work of setting the breakpoint in the right 4076place. 4077 4078=cut 4079 4080sub cmd_b { 4081 my $cmd = shift; 4082 my $line = shift; # [.|line] [cond] 4083 my $dbline = shift; 4084 4085 # Make . the current line number if it's there.. 4086 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/; 4087 4088 # No line number, no condition. Simple break on current line. 4089 if ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ ) { 4090 &cmd_b_line( $dbline, 1 ); 4091 } 4092 4093 # Break on load for a file. 4094 elsif ( $line =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/ ) { 4095 my $file = $1; 4096 $file =~ s/\s+$//; 4097 &cmd_b_load($file); 4098 } 4099 4100 # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>] 4101 # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the 4102 # necessary condition in the %postponed hash. 4103 elsif ( $line =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/ ) { 4104 4105 # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none. 4106 my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1'; 4107 4108 # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0 4109 # if it was 'compile'. 4110 my ( $subname, $break ) = ( $2, $1 eq 'postpone' ); 4111 4112 # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::. 4113 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g; 4114 4115 # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified. 4116 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/; 4117 4118 # Add main if it starts with ::. 4119 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::"; 4120 4121 # Save the break type for this sub. 4122 $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile"; 4123 } ## end elsif ($line =~ ... 4124 4125 # b <sub name> [<condition>] 4126 elsif ( $line =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/ ) { 4127 4128 # 4129 $subname = $1; 4130 $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1'; 4131 &cmd_b_sub( $subname, $cond ); 4132 } 4133 4134 # b <line> [<condition>]. 4135 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) { 4136 4137 # Capture the line. If none, it's the current line. 4138 $line = $1 || $dbline; 4139 4140 # If there's no condition, make it '1'. 4141 $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1'; 4142 4143 # Break on line. 4144 &cmd_b_line( $line, $cond ); 4145 } 4146 4147 # Line didn't make sense. 4148 else { 4149 print "confused by line($line)?\n"; 4150 } 4151} ## end sub cmd_b 4152 4153=head3 C<break_on_load> (API) 4154 4155We want to break when this file is loaded. Mark this file in the 4156C<%break_on_load> hash, and note that it has a breakpoint in 4157C<%had_breakpoints>. 4158 4159=cut 4160 4161sub break_on_load { 4162 my $file = shift; 4163 $break_on_load{$file} = 1; 4164 $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1; 4165} 4166 4167=head3 C<report_break_on_load> (API) 4168 4169Gives us an array of filenames that are set to break on load. Note that 4170only files with break-on-load are in here, so simply showing the keys 4171suffices. 4172 4173=cut 4174 4175sub report_break_on_load { 4176 sort keys %break_on_load; 4177} 4178 4179=head3 C<cmd_b_load> (command) 4180 4181We take the file passed in and try to find it in C<%INC> (which maps modules 4182to files they came from). We mark those files for break-on-load via 4183C<break_on_load> and then report that it was done. 4184 4185=cut 4186 4187sub cmd_b_load { 4188 my $file = shift; 4189 my @files; 4190 4191 # This is a block because that way we can use a redo inside it 4192 # even without there being any looping structure at all outside it. 4193 { 4194 4195 # Save short name and full path if found. 4196 push @files, $file; 4197 push @files, $::INC{$file} if $::INC{$file}; 4198 4199 # Tack on .pm and do it again unless there was a '.' in the name 4200 # already. 4201 $file .= '.pm', redo unless $file =~ /\./; 4202 } 4203 4204 # Do the real work here. 4205 break_on_load($_) for @files; 4206 4207 # All the files that have break-on-load breakpoints. 4208 @files = report_break_on_load; 4209 4210 # Normalize for the purposes of our printing this. 4211 local $\ = ''; 4212 local $" = ' '; 4213 print $OUT "Will stop on load of `@files'.\n"; 4214} ## end sub cmd_b_load 4215 4216=head3 C<$filename_error> (API package global) 4217 4218Several of the functions we need to implement in the API need to work both 4219on the current file and on other files. We don't want to duplicate code, so 4220C<$filename_error> is used to contain the name of the file that's being 4221worked on (if it's not the current one). 4222 4223We can now build functions in pairs: the basic function works on the current 4224file, and uses C<$filename_error> as part of its error message. Since this is 4225initialized to C<"">, no filename will appear when we are working on the 4226current file. 4227 4228The second function is a wrapper which does the following: 4229 4230=over 4 4231 4232=item * 4233 4234Localizes C<$filename_error> and sets it to the name of the file to be processed. 4235 4236=item * 4237 4238Localizes the C<*dbline> glob and reassigns it to point to the file we want to process. 4239 4240=item * 4241 4242Calls the first function. 4243 4244The first function works on the I<current> file (i.e., the one we changed to), 4245and prints C<$filename_error> in the error message (the name of the other file) 4246if it needs to. When the functions return, C<*dbline> is restored to point 4247to the actual current file (the one we're executing in) and 4248C<$filename_error> is restored to C<"">. This restores everything to 4249the way it was before the second function was called at all. 4250 4251See the comments in C<breakable_line> and C<breakable_line_in_file> for more 4252details. 4253 4254=back 4255 4256=cut 4257 4258$filename_error = ''; 4259 4260=head3 breakable_line(from, to) (API) 4261 4262The subroutine decides whether or not a line in the current file is breakable. 4263It walks through C<@dbline> within the range of lines specified, looking for 4264the first line that is breakable. 4265 4266If C<$to> is greater than C<$from>, the search moves forwards, finding the 4267first line I<after> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one. 4268 4269If C<$from> is greater than C<$to>, the search goes I<backwards>, finding the 4270first line I<before> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one. 4271 4272=cut 4273 4274sub breakable_line { 4275 4276 my ( $from, $to ) = @_; 4277 4278 # $i is the start point. (Where are the FORTRAN programs of yesteryear?) 4279 my $i = $from; 4280 4281 # If there are at least 2 arguments, we're trying to search a range. 4282 if ( @_ >= 2 ) { 4283 4284 # $delta is positive for a forward search, negative for a backward one. 4285 my $delta = $from < $to ? +1 : -1; 4286 4287 # Keep us from running off the ends of the file. 4288 my $limit = $delta > 0 ? $#dbline : 1; 4289 4290 # Clever test. If you're a mathematician, it's obvious why this 4291 # test works. If not: 4292 # If $delta is positive (going forward), $limit will be $#dbline. 4293 # If $to is less than $limit, ($limit - $to) will be positive, times 4294 # $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is > 0 and we should use $to 4295 # as the stopping point. 4296 # 4297 # If $to is greater than $limit, ($limit - $to) is negative, 4298 # times $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is < 0 and we should 4299 # use $limit ($#dbline) as the stopping point. 4300 # 4301 # If $delta is negative (going backward), $limit will be 1. 4302 # If $to is zero, ($limit - $to) will be 1, times $delta of -1 4303 # (negative) so the result is > 0, and we use $to as the stopping 4304 # point. 4305 # 4306 # If $to is less than zero, ($limit - $to) will be positive, 4307 # times $delta of -1 (negative), so the result is not > 0, and 4308 # we use $limit (1) as the stopping point. 4309 # 4310 # If $to is 1, ($limit - $to) will zero, times $delta of -1 4311 # (negative), still giving zero; the result is not > 0, and 4312 # we use $limit (1) as the stopping point. 4313 # 4314 # if $to is >1, ($limit - $to) will be negative, times $delta of -1 4315 # (negative), giving a positive (>0) value, so we'll set $limit to 4316 # $to. 4317 4318 $limit = $to if ( $limit - $to ) * $delta > 0; 4319 4320 # The real search loop. 4321 # $i starts at $from (the point we want to start searching from). 4322 # We move through @dbline in the appropriate direction (determined 4323 # by $delta: either -1 (back) or +1 (ahead). 4324 # We stay in as long as we haven't hit an executable line 4325 # ($dbline[$i] == 0 means not executable) and we haven't reached 4326 # the limit yet (test similar to the above). 4327 $i += $delta while $dbline[$i] == 0 and ( $limit - $i ) * $delta > 0; 4328 4329 } ## end if (@_ >= 2) 4330 4331 # If $i points to a line that is executable, return that. 4332 return $i unless $dbline[$i] == 0; 4333 4334 # Format the message and print it: no breakable lines in range. 4335 my ( $pl, $upto ) = ( '', '' ); 4336 ( $pl, $upto ) = ( 's', "..$to" ) if @_ >= 2 and $from != $to; 4337 4338 # If there's a filename in filename_error, we'll see it. 4339 # If not, not. 4340 die "Line$pl $from$upto$filename_error not breakable\n"; 4341} ## end sub breakable_line 4342 4343=head3 breakable_line_in_filename(file, from, to) (API) 4344 4345Like C<breakable_line>, but look in another file. 4346 4347=cut 4348 4349sub breakable_line_in_filename { 4350 4351 # Capture the file name. 4352 my ($f) = shift; 4353 4354 # Swap the magic line array over there temporarily. 4355 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f }; 4356 4357 # If there's an error, it's in this other file. 4358 local $filename_error = " of `$f'"; 4359 4360 # Find the breakable line. 4361 breakable_line(@_); 4362 4363 # *dbline and $filename_error get restored when this block ends. 4364 4365} ## end sub breakable_line_in_filename 4366 4367=head3 break_on_line(lineno, [condition]) (API) 4368 4369Adds a breakpoint with the specified condition (or 1 if no condition was 4370specified) to the specified line. Dies if it can't. 4371 4372=cut 4373 4374sub break_on_line { 4375 my ( $i, $cond ) = @_; 4376 4377 # Always true if no condition supplied. 4378 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2; 4379 4380 my $inii = $i; 4381 my $after = ''; 4382 my $pl = ''; 4383 4384 # Woops, not a breakable line. $filename_error allows us to say 4385 # if it was in a different file. 4386 die "Line $i$filename_error not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0; 4387 4388 # Mark this file as having breakpoints in it. 4389 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1; 4390 4391 # If there is an action or condition here already ... 4392 if ( $dbline{$i} ) { 4393 4394 # ... swap this condition for the existing one. 4395 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*/$cond/; 4396 } 4397 else { 4398 4399 # Nothing here - just add the condition. 4400 $dbline{$i} = $cond; 4401 } 4402} ## end sub break_on_line 4403 4404=head3 cmd_b_line(line, [condition]) (command) 4405 4406Wrapper for C<break_on_line>. Prints the failure message if it 4407doesn't work. 4408 4409=cut 4410 4411sub cmd_b_line { 4412 eval { break_on_line(@_); 1 } or do { 4413 local $\ = ''; 4414 print $OUT $@ and return; 4415 }; 4416} ## end sub cmd_b_line 4417 4418=head3 break_on_filename_line(file, line, [condition]) (API) 4419 4420Switches to the file specified and then calls C<break_on_line> to set 4421the breakpoint. 4422 4423=cut 4424 4425sub break_on_filename_line { 4426 my ( $f, $i, $cond ) = @_; 4427 4428 # Always true if condition left off. 4429 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3; 4430 4431 # Switch the magical hash temporarily. 4432 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f }; 4433 4434 # Localize the variables that break_on_line uses to make its message. 4435 local $filename_error = " of `$f'"; 4436 local $filename = $f; 4437 4438 # Add the breakpoint. 4439 break_on_line( $i, $cond ); 4440} ## end sub break_on_filename_line 4441 4442=head3 break_on_filename_line_range(file, from, to, [condition]) (API) 4443 4444Switch to another file, search the range of lines specified for an 4445executable one, and put a breakpoint on the first one you find. 4446 4447=cut 4448 4449sub break_on_filename_line_range { 4450 my ( $f, $from, $to, $cond ) = @_; 4451 4452 # Find a breakable line if there is one. 4453 my $i = breakable_line_in_filename( $f, $from, $to ); 4454 4455 # Always true if missing. 4456 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3; 4457 4458 # Add the breakpoint. 4459 break_on_filename_line( $f, $i, $cond ); 4460} ## end sub break_on_filename_line_range 4461 4462=head3 subroutine_filename_lines(subname, [condition]) (API) 4463 4464Search for a subroutine within a given file. The condition is ignored. 4465Uses C<find_sub> to locate the desired subroutine. 4466 4467=cut 4468 4469sub subroutine_filename_lines { 4470 my ( $subname, $cond ) = @_; 4471 4472 # Returned value from find_sub() is fullpathname:startline-endline. 4473 # The match creates the list (fullpathname, start, end). Falling off 4474 # the end of the subroutine returns this implicitly. 4475 find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-(\d+)$/; 4476} ## end sub subroutine_filename_lines 4477 4478=head3 break_subroutine(subname) (API) 4479 4480Places a break on the first line possible in the specified subroutine. Uses 4481C<subroutine_filename_lines> to find the subroutine, and 4482C<break_on_filename_line_range> to place the break. 4483 4484=cut 4485 4486sub break_subroutine { 4487 my $subname = shift; 4488 4489 # Get filename, start, and end. 4490 my ( $file, $s, $e ) = subroutine_filename_lines($subname) 4491 or die "Subroutine $subname not found.\n"; 4492 4493 # Null condition changes to '1' (always true). 4494 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2; 4495 4496 # Put a break the first place possible in the range of lines 4497 # that make up this subroutine. 4498 break_on_filename_line_range( $file, $s, $e, @_ ); 4499} ## end sub break_subroutine 4500 4501=head3 cmd_b_sub(subname, [condition]) (command) 4502 4503We take the incoming subroutine name and fully-qualify it as best we can. 4504 4505=over 4 4506 4507=item 1. If it's already fully-qualified, leave it alone. 4508 4509=item 2. Try putting it in the current package. 4510 4511=item 3. If it's not there, try putting it in CORE::GLOBAL if it exists there. 4512 4513=item 4. If it starts with '::', put it in 'main::'. 4514 4515=back 4516 4517After all this cleanup, we call C<break_subroutine> to try to set the 4518breakpoint. 4519 4520=cut 4521 4522sub cmd_b_sub { 4523 my ( $subname, $cond ) = @_; 4524 4525 # Add always-true condition if we have none. 4526 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2; 4527 4528 # If the subname isn't a code reference, qualify it so that 4529 # break_subroutine() will work right. 4530 unless ( ref $subname eq 'CODE' ) { 4531 4532 # Not Perl4. 4533 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g; 4534 my $s = $subname; 4535 4536 # Put it in this package unless it's already qualified. 4537 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname 4538 unless $subname =~ /::/; 4539 4540 # Requalify it into CORE::GLOBAL if qualifying it into this 4541 # package resulted in its not being defined, but only do so 4542 # if it really is in CORE::GLOBAL. 4543 $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s" 4544 if not defined &$subname 4545 and $s !~ /::/ 4546 and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"}; 4547 4548 # Put it in package 'main' if it has a leading ::. 4549 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::"; 4550 4551 } ## end unless (ref $subname eq 'CODE') 4552 4553 # Try to set the breakpoint. 4554 eval { break_subroutine( $subname, $cond ); 1 } or do { 4555 local $\ = ''; 4556 print $OUT $@ and return; 4557 } 4558} ## end sub cmd_b_sub 4559 4560=head3 C<cmd_B> - delete breakpoint(s) (command) 4561 4562The command mostly parses the command line and tries to turn the argument 4563into a line spec. If it can't, it uses the current line. It then calls 4564C<delete_breakpoint> to actually do the work. 4565 4566If C<*> is specified, C<cmd_B> calls C<delete_breakpoint> with no arguments, 4567thereby deleting all the breakpoints. 4568 4569=cut 4570 4571sub cmd_B { 4572 my $cmd = shift; 4573 4574 # No line spec? Use dbline. 4575 # If there is one, use it if it's non-zero, or wipe it out if it is. 4576 my $line = ( $_[0] =~ /^\./ ) ? $dbline : shift || ''; 4577 my $dbline = shift; 4578 4579 # If the line was dot, make the line the current one. 4580 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/; 4581 4582 # If it's * we're deleting all the breakpoints. 4583 if ( $line eq '*' ) { 4584 eval { &delete_breakpoint(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return; 4585 } 4586 4587 # If there is a line spec, delete the breakpoint on that line. 4588 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) { 4589 eval { &delete_breakpoint( $line || $dbline ); 1 } or do { 4590 local $\ = ''; 4591 print $OUT $@ and return; 4592 }; 4593 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)/) 4594 4595 # No line spec. 4596 else { 4597 print $OUT 4598 "Deleting a breakpoint requires a line number, or '*' for all\n" 4599 ; # hint 4600 } 4601} ## end sub cmd_B 4602 4603=head3 delete_breakpoint([line]) (API) 4604 4605This actually does the work of deleting either a single breakpoint, or all 4606of them. 4607 4608For a single line, we look for it in C<@dbline>. If it's nonbreakable, we 4609just drop out with a message saying so. If it is, we remove the condition 4610part of the 'condition\0action' that says there's a breakpoint here. If, 4611after we've done that, there's nothing left, we delete the corresponding 4612line in C<%dbline> to signal that no action needs to be taken for this line. 4613 4614For all breakpoints, we iterate through the keys of C<%had_breakpoints>, 4615which lists all currently-loaded files which have breakpoints. We then look 4616at each line in each of these files, temporarily switching the C<%dbline> 4617and C<@dbline> structures to point to the files in question, and do what 4618we did in the single line case: delete the condition in C<@dbline>, and 4619delete the key in C<%dbline> if nothing's left. 4620 4621We then wholesale delete C<%postponed>, C<%postponed_file>, and 4622C<%break_on_load>, because these structures contain breakpoints for files 4623and code that haven't been loaded yet. We can just kill these off because there 4624are no magical debugger structures associated with them. 4625 4626=cut 4627 4628sub delete_breakpoint { 4629 my $i = shift; 4630 4631 # If we got a line, delete just that one. 4632 if ( defined($i) ) { 4633 4634 # Woops. This line wasn't breakable at all. 4635 die "Line $i not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0; 4636 4637 # Kill the condition, but leave any action. 4638 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*//; 4639 4640 # Remove the entry entirely if there's no action left. 4641 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq ''; 4642 } 4643 4644 # No line; delete them all. 4645 else { 4646 print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n"; 4647 4648 # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one 4649 # breakpoint in it. 4650 for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) { 4651 4652 # Switch to the desired file temporarily. 4653 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file }; 4654 4655 my $max = $#dbline; 4656 my $was; 4657 4658 # For all lines in this file ... 4659 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) { 4660 4661 # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ... 4662 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) { 4663 4664 # ... remove the breakpoint. 4665 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//; 4666 if ( $dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$// ) { 4667 4668 # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there. 4669 delete $dbline{$i}; 4670 } 4671 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i... 4672 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max... 4673 4674 # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file" 4675 # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero, 4676 # we should remove this file from the hash. 4677 if ( not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1 ) { 4678 delete $had_breakpoints{$file}; 4679 } 4680 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints) 4681 4682 # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that 4683 # haven't been loaded yet. 4684 undef %postponed; 4685 undef %postponed_file; 4686 undef %break_on_load; 4687 } ## end else [ if (defined($i)) 4688} ## end sub delete_breakpoint 4689 4690=head3 cmd_stop (command) 4691 4692This is meant to be part of the new command API, but it isn't called or used 4693anywhere else in the debugger. XXX It is probably meant for use in development 4694of new commands. 4695 4696=cut 4697 4698sub cmd_stop { # As on ^C, but not signal-safy. 4699 $signal = 1; 4700} 4701 4702=head3 C<cmd_e> - threads 4703 4704Display the current thread id: 4705 4706 e 4707 4708This could be how (when implemented) to send commands to this thread id (e cmd) 4709or that thread id (e tid cmd). 4710 4711=cut 4712 4713sub cmd_e { 4714 my $cmd = shift; 4715 my $line = shift; 4716 unless (exists($INC{'threads.pm'})) { 4717 print "threads not loaded($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) 4718 please run the debugger with PERL5DB_THREADED=1 set in the environment\n"; 4719 } else { 4720 my $tid = threads->tid; 4721 print "thread id: $tid\n"; 4722 } 4723} ## end sub cmd_e 4724 4725=head3 C<cmd_E> - list of thread ids 4726 4727Display the list of available thread ids: 4728 4729 E 4730 4731This could be used (when implemented) to send commands to all threads (E cmd). 4732 4733=cut 4734 4735sub cmd_E { 4736 my $cmd = shift; 4737 my $line = shift; 4738 unless (exists($INC{'threads.pm'})) { 4739 print "threads not loaded($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) 4740 please run the debugger with PERL5DB_THREADED=1 set in the environment\n"; 4741 } else { 4742 my $tid = threads->tid; 4743 print "thread ids: ".join(', ', 4744 map { ($tid == $_->tid ? '<'.$_->tid.'>' : $_->tid) } threads->list 4745 )."\n"; 4746 } 4747} ## end sub cmd_E 4748 4749=head3 C<cmd_h> - help command (command) 4750 4751Does the work of either 4752 4753=over 4 4754 4755=item * 4756 4757Showing all the debugger help 4758 4759=item * 4760 4761Showing help for a specific command 4762 4763=back 4764 4765=cut 4766 4767sub cmd_h { 4768 my $cmd = shift; 4769 4770 # If we have no operand, assume null. 4771 my $line = shift || ''; 4772 4773 # 'h h'. Print the long-format help. 4774 if ( $line =~ /^h\s*/ ) { 4775 print_help($help); 4776 } 4777 4778 # 'h <something>'. Search for the command and print only its help. 4779 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)$/ ) { 4780 4781 # support long commands; otherwise bogus errors 4782 # happen when you ask for h on <CR> for example 4783 my $asked = $1; # the command requested 4784 # (for proper error message) 4785 4786 my $qasked = quotemeta($asked); # for searching; we don't 4787 # want to use it as a pattern. 4788 # XXX: finds CR but not <CR> 4789 4790 # Search the help string for the command. 4791 if ( 4792 $help =~ /^ # Start of a line 4793 <? # Optional '<' 4794 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup 4795 $qasked # The requested command 4796 /mx 4797 ) 4798 { 4799 4800 # It's there; pull it out and print it. 4801 while ( 4802 $help =~ /^ 4803 (<? # Optional '<' 4804 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup 4805 $qasked # The command 4806 ([\s\S]*?) # Description line(s) 4807 \n) # End of last description line 4808 (?!\s) # Next line not starting with 4809 # whitespace 4810 /mgx 4811 ) 4812 { 4813 print_help($1); 4814 } 4815 } 4816 4817 # Not found; not a debugger command. 4818 else { 4819 print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n"); 4820 } 4821 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)$/) 4822 4823 # 'h' - print the summary help. 4824 else { 4825 print_help($summary); 4826 } 4827} ## end sub cmd_h 4828 4829=head3 C<cmd_i> - inheritance display 4830 4831Display the (nested) parentage of the module or object given. 4832 4833=cut 4834 4835sub cmd_i { 4836 my $cmd = shift; 4837 my $line = shift; 4838 foreach my $isa ( split( /\s+/, $line ) ) { 4839 $evalarg = $isa; 4840 ($isa) = &eval; 4841 no strict 'refs'; 4842 print join( 4843 ', ', 4844 map { 4845 "$_" 4846 . ( 4847 defined( ${"$_\::VERSION"} ) 4848 ? ' ' . ${"$_\::VERSION"} 4849 : undef ) 4850 } @{mro::get_linear_isa(ref($isa) || $isa)} 4851 ); 4852 print "\n"; 4853 } 4854} ## end sub cmd_i 4855 4856=head3 C<cmd_l> - list lines (command) 4857 4858Most of the command is taken up with transforming all the different line 4859specification syntaxes into 'start-stop'. After that is done, the command 4860runs a loop over C<@dbline> for the specified range of lines. It handles 4861the printing of each line and any markers (C<==E<gt>> for current line, 4862C<b> for break on this line, C<a> for action on this line, C<:> for this 4863line breakable). 4864 4865We save the last line listed in the C<$start> global for further listing 4866later. 4867 4868=cut 4869 4870sub cmd_l { 4871 my $current_line = $line; 4872 my $cmd = shift; 4873 my $line = shift; 4874 4875 # If this is '-something', delete any spaces after the dash. 4876 $line =~ s/^-\s*$/-/; 4877 4878 # If the line is '$something', assume this is a scalar containing a 4879 # line number. 4880 if ( $line =~ /^(\$.*)/s ) { 4881 4882 # Set up for DB::eval() - evaluate in *user* context. 4883 $evalarg = $1; 4884 # $evalarg = $2; 4885 my ($s) = &eval; 4886 4887 # Ooops. Bad scalar. 4888 print( $OUT "Error: $@\n" ), next CMD if $@; 4889 4890 # Good scalar. If it's a reference, find what it points to. 4891 $s = CvGV_name($s); 4892 print( $OUT "Interpreted as: $1 $s\n" ); 4893 $line = "$1 $s"; 4894 4895 # Call self recursively to really do the command. 4896 &cmd_l( 'l', $s ); 4897 } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\$.*)/s) 4898 4899 # l name. Try to find a sub by that name. 4900 elsif ( $line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s ) { 4901 my $s = $subname = $1; 4902 4903 # De-Perl4. 4904 $subname =~ s/\'/::/; 4905 4906 # Put it in this package unless it starts with ::. 4907 $subname = $package . "::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/; 4908 4909 # Put it in CORE::GLOBAL if t doesn't start with :: and 4910 # it doesn't live in this package and it lives in CORE::GLOBAL. 4911 $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s" 4912 if not defined &$subname 4913 and $s !~ /::/ 4914 and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"}; 4915 4916 # Put leading '::' names into 'main::'. 4917 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::"; 4918 4919 # Get name:start-stop from find_sub, and break this up at 4920 # colons. 4921 @pieces = split( /:/, find_sub($subname) || $sub{$subname} ); 4922 4923 # Pull off start-stop. 4924 $subrange = pop @pieces; 4925 4926 # If the name contained colons, the split broke it up. 4927 # Put it back together. 4928 $file = join( ':', @pieces ); 4929 4930 # If we're not in that file, switch over to it. 4931 if ( $file ne $filename ) { 4932 print $OUT "Switching to file '$file'.\n" 4933 unless $slave_editor; 4934 4935 # Switch debugger's magic structures. 4936 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file }; 4937 $max = $#dbline; 4938 $filename = $file; 4939 } ## end if ($file ne $filename) 4940 4941 # Subrange is 'start-stop'. If this is less than a window full, 4942 # swap it to 'start+', which will list a window from the start point. 4943 if ($subrange) { 4944 if ( eval($subrange) < -$window ) { 4945 $subrange =~ s/-.*/+/; 4946 } 4947 4948 # Call self recursively to list the range. 4949 $line = $subrange; 4950 &cmd_l( 'l', $subrange ); 4951 } ## end if ($subrange) 4952 4953 # Couldn't find it. 4954 else { 4955 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n"; 4956 } 4957 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s) 4958 4959 # Bare 'l' command. 4960 elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ ) { 4961 4962 # Compute new range to list. 4963 $incr = $window - 1; 4964 $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr ); 4965 4966 # Recurse to do it. 4967 &cmd_l( 'l', $line ); 4968 } 4969 4970 # l [start]+number_of_lines 4971 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/ ) { 4972 4973 # Don't reset start for 'l +nnn'. 4974 $start = $1 if $1; 4975 4976 # Increment for list. Use window size if not specified. 4977 # (Allows 'l +' to work.) 4978 $incr = $2; 4979 $incr = $window - 1 unless $incr; 4980 4981 # Create a line range we'll understand, and recurse to do it. 4982 $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr ); 4983 &cmd_l( 'l', $line ); 4984 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/) 4985 4986 # l start-stop or l start,stop 4987 elsif ( $line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/ ) { 4988 4989 # Determine end point; use end of file if not specified. 4990 $end = ( !defined $2 ) ? $max : ( $4 ? $4 : $2 ); 4991 4992 # Go on to the end, and then stop. 4993 $end = $max if $end > $max; 4994 4995 # Determine start line. 4996 $i = $2; 4997 $i = $line if $i eq '.'; 4998 $i = 1 if $i < 1; 4999 $incr = $end - $i; 5000 5001 # If we're running under a slave editor, force it to show the lines. 5002 if ($slave_editor) { 5003 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$i:0\n"; 5004 $i = $end; 5005 } 5006 5007 # We're doing it ourselves. We want to show the line and special 5008 # markers for: 5009 # - the current line in execution 5010 # - whether a line is breakable or not 5011 # - whether a line has a break or not 5012 # - whether a line has an action or not 5013 else { 5014 for ( ; $i <= $end ; $i++ ) { 5015 5016 # Check for breakpoints and actions. 5017 my ( $stop, $action ); 5018 ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$i} ) 5019 if $dbline{$i}; 5020 5021 # ==> if this is the current line in execution, 5022 # : if it's breakable. 5023 $arrow = 5024 ( $i == $current_line and $filename eq $filename_ini ) 5025 ? '==>' 5026 : ( $dbline[$i] + 0 ? ':' : ' ' ); 5027 5028 # Add break and action indicators. 5029 $arrow .= 'b' if $stop; 5030 $arrow .= 'a' if $action; 5031 5032 # Print the line. 5033 print $OUT "$i$arrow\t", $dbline[$i]; 5034 5035 # Move on to the next line. Drop out on an interrupt. 5036 $i++, last if $signal; 5037 } ## end for (; $i <= $end ; $i++) 5038 5039 # Line the prompt up; print a newline if the last line listed 5040 # didn't have a newline. 5041 print $OUT "\n" unless $dbline[ $i - 1 ] =~ /\n$/; 5042 } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor) 5043 5044 # Save the point we last listed to in case another relative 'l' 5045 # command is desired. Don't let it run off the end. 5046 $start = $i; 5047 $start = $max if $start > $max; 5048 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/) 5049} ## end sub cmd_l 5050 5051=head3 C<cmd_L> - list breakpoints, actions, and watch expressions (command) 5052 5053To list breakpoints, the command has to look determine where all of them are 5054first. It starts a C<%had_breakpoints>, which tells us what all files have 5055breakpoints and/or actions. For each file, we switch the C<*dbline> glob (the 5056magic source and breakpoint data structures) to the file, and then look 5057through C<%dbline> for lines with breakpoints and/or actions, listing them 5058out. We look through C<%postponed> not-yet-compiled subroutines that have 5059breakpoints, and through C<%postponed_file> for not-yet-C<require>'d files 5060that have breakpoints. 5061 5062Watchpoints are simpler: we just list the entries in C<@to_watch>. 5063 5064=cut 5065 5066sub cmd_L { 5067 my $cmd = shift; 5068 5069 # If no argument, list everything. Pre-5.8.0 version always lists 5070 # everything 5071 my $arg = shift || 'abw'; 5072 $arg = 'abw' unless $CommandSet eq '580'; # sigh... 5073 5074 # See what is wanted. 5075 my $action_wanted = ( $arg =~ /a/ ) ? 1 : 0; 5076 my $break_wanted = ( $arg =~ /b/ ) ? 1 : 0; 5077 my $watch_wanted = ( $arg =~ /w/ ) ? 1 : 0; 5078 5079 # Breaks and actions are found together, so we look in the same place 5080 # for both. 5081 if ( $break_wanted or $action_wanted ) { 5082 5083 # Look in all the files with breakpoints... 5084 for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) { 5085 5086 # Temporary switch to this file. 5087 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file }; 5088 5089 # Set up to look through the whole file. 5090 my $max = $#dbline; 5091 my $was; # Flag: did we print something 5092 # in this file? 5093 5094 # For each line in the file ... 5095 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) { 5096 5097 # We've got something on this line. 5098 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) { 5099 5100 # Print the header if we haven't. 5101 print $OUT "$file:\n" unless $was++; 5102 5103 # Print the line. 5104 print $OUT " $i:\t", $dbline[$i]; 5105 5106 # Pull out the condition and the action. 5107 ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$i} ); 5108 5109 # Print the break if there is one and it's wanted. 5110 print $OUT " break if (", $stop, ")\n" 5111 if $stop 5112 and $break_wanted; 5113 5114 # Print the action if there is one and it's wanted. 5115 print $OUT " action: ", $action, "\n" 5116 if $action 5117 and $action_wanted; 5118 5119 # Quit if the user hit interrupt. 5120 last if $signal; 5121 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i... 5122 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max... 5123 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints) 5124 } ## end if ($break_wanted or $action_wanted) 5125 5126 # Look for breaks in not-yet-compiled subs: 5127 if ( %postponed and $break_wanted ) { 5128 print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in subroutines:\n"; 5129 my $subname; 5130 for $subname ( keys %postponed ) { 5131 print $OUT " $subname\t$postponed{$subname}\n"; 5132 last if $signal; 5133 } 5134 } ## end if (%postponed and $break_wanted) 5135 5136 # Find files that have not-yet-loaded breaks: 5137 my @have = map { # Combined keys 5138 keys %{ $postponed_file{$_} } 5139 } keys %postponed_file; 5140 5141 # If there are any, list them. 5142 if ( @have and ( $break_wanted or $action_wanted ) ) { 5143 print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in files:\n"; 5144 my ( $file, $line ); 5145 5146 for $file ( keys %postponed_file ) { 5147 my $db = $postponed_file{$file}; 5148 print $OUT " $file:\n"; 5149 for $line ( sort { $a <=> $b } keys %$db ) { 5150 print $OUT " $line:\n"; 5151 my ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $$db{$line} ); 5152 print $OUT " break if (", $stop, ")\n" 5153 if $stop 5154 and $break_wanted; 5155 print $OUT " action: ", $action, "\n" 5156 if $action 5157 and $action_wanted; 5158 last if $signal; 5159 } ## end for $line (sort { $a <=>... 5160 last if $signal; 5161 } ## end for $file (keys %postponed_file) 5162 } ## end if (@have and ($break_wanted... 5163 if ( %break_on_load and $break_wanted ) { 5164 print $OUT "Breakpoints on load:\n"; 5165 my $file; 5166 for $file ( keys %break_on_load ) { 5167 print $OUT " $file\n"; 5168 last if $signal; 5169 } 5170 } ## end if (%break_on_load and... 5171 if ($watch_wanted) { 5172 if ( $trace & 2 ) { 5173 print $OUT "Watch-expressions:\n" if @to_watch; 5174 for my $expr (@to_watch) { 5175 print $OUT " $expr\n"; 5176 last if $signal; 5177 } 5178 } ## end if ($trace & 2) 5179 } ## end if ($watch_wanted) 5180} ## end sub cmd_L 5181 5182=head3 C<cmd_M> - list modules (command) 5183 5184Just call C<list_modules>. 5185 5186=cut 5187 5188sub cmd_M { 5189 &list_modules(); 5190} 5191 5192=head3 C<cmd_o> - options (command) 5193 5194If this is just C<o> by itself, we list the current settings via 5195C<dump_option>. If there's a nonblank value following it, we pass that on to 5196C<parse_options> for processing. 5197 5198=cut 5199 5200sub cmd_o { 5201 my $cmd = shift; 5202 my $opt = shift || ''; # opt[=val] 5203 5204 # Nonblank. Try to parse and process. 5205 if ( $opt =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) { 5206 &parse_options($1); 5207 } 5208 5209 # Blank. List the current option settings. 5210 else { 5211 for (@options) { 5212 &dump_option($_); 5213 } 5214 } 5215} ## end sub cmd_o 5216 5217=head3 C<cmd_O> - nonexistent in 5.8.x (command) 5218 5219Advises the user that the O command has been renamed. 5220 5221=cut 5222 5223sub cmd_O { 5224 print $OUT "The old O command is now the o command.\n"; # hint 5225 print $OUT "Use 'h' to get current command help synopsis or\n"; # 5226 print $OUT "use 'o CommandSet=pre580' to revert to old usage\n"; # 5227} 5228 5229=head3 C<cmd_v> - view window (command) 5230 5231Uses the C<$preview> variable set in the second C<BEGIN> block (q.v.) to 5232move back a few lines to list the selected line in context. Uses C<cmd_l> 5233to do the actual listing after figuring out the range of line to request. 5234 5235=cut 5236 5237sub cmd_v { 5238 my $cmd = shift; 5239 my $line = shift; 5240 5241 # Extract the line to list around. (Astute readers will have noted that 5242 # this pattern will match whether or not a numeric line is specified, 5243 # which means that we'll always enter this loop (though a non-numeric 5244 # argument results in no action at all)). 5245 if ( $line =~ /^(\d*)$/ ) { 5246 5247 # Total number of lines to list (a windowful). 5248 $incr = $window - 1; 5249 5250 # Set the start to the argument given (if there was one). 5251 $start = $1 if $1; 5252 5253 # Back up by the context amount. 5254 $start -= $preview; 5255 5256 # Put together a linespec that cmd_l will like. 5257 $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr ); 5258 5259 # List the lines. 5260 &cmd_l( 'l', $line ); 5261 } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\d*)$/) 5262} ## end sub cmd_v 5263 5264=head3 C<cmd_w> - add a watch expression (command) 5265 5266The 5.8 version of this command adds a watch expression if one is specified; 5267it does nothing if entered with no operands. 5268 5269We extract the expression, save it, evaluate it in the user's context, and 5270save the value. We'll re-evaluate it each time the debugger passes a line, 5271and will stop (see the code at the top of the command loop) if the value 5272of any of the expressions changes. 5273 5274=cut 5275 5276sub cmd_w { 5277 my $cmd = shift; 5278 5279 # Null expression if no arguments. 5280 my $expr = shift || ''; 5281 5282 # If expression is not null ... 5283 if ( $expr =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) { 5284 5285 # ... save it. 5286 push @to_watch, $expr; 5287 5288 # Parameterize DB::eval and call it to get the expression's value 5289 # in the user's context. This version can handle expressions which 5290 # return a list value. 5291 $evalarg = $expr; 5292 my ($val) = join( ' ', &eval ); 5293 $val = ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef'; 5294 5295 # Save the current value of the expression. 5296 push @old_watch, $val; 5297 5298 # We are now watching expressions. 5299 $trace |= 2; 5300 } ## end if ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/) 5301 5302 # You have to give one to get one. 5303 else { 5304 print $OUT "Adding a watch-expression requires an expression\n"; # hint 5305 } 5306} ## end sub cmd_w 5307 5308=head3 C<cmd_W> - delete watch expressions (command) 5309 5310This command accepts either a watch expression to be removed from the list 5311of watch expressions, or C<*> to delete them all. 5312 5313If C<*> is specified, we simply empty the watch expression list and the 5314watch expression value list. We also turn off the bit that says we've got 5315watch expressions. 5316 5317If an expression (or partial expression) is specified, we pattern-match 5318through the expressions and remove the ones that match. We also discard 5319the corresponding values. If no watch expressions are left, we turn off 5320the I<watching expressions> bit. 5321 5322=cut 5323 5324sub cmd_W { 5325 my $cmd = shift; 5326 my $expr = shift || ''; 5327 5328 # Delete them all. 5329 if ( $expr eq '*' ) { 5330 5331 # Not watching now. 5332 $trace &= ~2; 5333 5334 print $OUT "Deleting all watch expressions ...\n"; 5335 5336 # And all gone. 5337 @to_watch = @old_watch = (); 5338 } 5339 5340 # Delete one of them. 5341 elsif ( $expr =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) { 5342 5343 # Where we are in the list. 5344 my $i_cnt = 0; 5345 5346 # For each expression ... 5347 foreach (@to_watch) { 5348 my $val = $to_watch[$i_cnt]; 5349 5350 # Does this one match the command argument? 5351 if ( $val eq $expr ) { # =~ m/^\Q$i$/) { 5352 # Yes. Turn it off, and its value too. 5353 splice( @to_watch, $i_cnt, 1 ); 5354 splice( @old_watch, $i_cnt, 1 ); 5355 } 5356 $i_cnt++; 5357 } ## end foreach (@to_watch) 5358 5359 # We don't bother to turn watching off because 5360 # a) we don't want to stop calling watchfunction() it it exists 5361 # b) foreach over a null list doesn't do anything anyway 5362 5363 } ## end elsif ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/) 5364 5365 # No command arguments entered. 5366 else { 5367 print $OUT 5368 "Deleting a watch-expression requires an expression, or '*' for all\n" 5369 ; # hint 5370 } 5371} ## end sub cmd_W 5372 5373### END of the API section 5374 5375=head1 SUPPORT ROUTINES 5376 5377These are general support routines that are used in a number of places 5378throughout the debugger. 5379 5380=head2 save 5381 5382save() saves the user's versions of globals that would mess us up in C<@saved>, 5383and installs the versions we like better. 5384 5385=cut 5386 5387sub save { 5388 5389 # Save eval failure, command failure, extended OS error, output field 5390 # separator, input record separator, output record separator and 5391 # the warning setting. 5392 @saved = ( $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W ); 5393 5394 $, = ""; # output field separator is null string 5395 $/ = "\n"; # input record separator is newline 5396 $\ = ""; # output record separator is null string 5397 $^W = 0; # warnings are off 5398} ## end sub save 5399 5400=head2 C<print_lineinfo> - show where we are now 5401 5402print_lineinfo prints whatever it is that it is handed; it prints it to the 5403C<$LINEINFO> filehandle instead of just printing it to STDOUT. This allows 5404us to feed line information to a slave editor without messing up the 5405debugger output. 5406 5407=cut 5408 5409sub print_lineinfo { 5410 5411 # Make the terminal sensible if we're not the primary debugger. 5412 resetterm(1) if $LINEINFO eq $OUT and $term_pid != $$; 5413 local $\ = ''; 5414 local $, = ''; 5415 print $LINEINFO @_; 5416} ## end sub print_lineinfo 5417 5418=head2 C<postponed_sub> 5419 5420Handles setting postponed breakpoints in subroutines once they're compiled. 5421For breakpoints, we use C<DB::find_sub> to locate the source file and line 5422range for the subroutine, then mark the file as having a breakpoint, 5423temporarily switch the C<*dbline> glob over to the source file, and then 5424search the given range of lines to find a breakable line. If we find one, 5425we set the breakpoint on it, deleting the breakpoint from C<%postponed>. 5426 5427=cut 5428 5429# The following takes its argument via $evalarg to preserve current @_ 5430 5431sub postponed_sub { 5432 5433 # Get the subroutine name. 5434 my $subname = shift; 5435 5436 # If this is a 'break +<n> if <condition>' ... 5437 if ( $postponed{$subname} =~ s/^break\s([+-]?\d+)\s+if\s// ) { 5438 5439 # If there's no offset, use '+0'. 5440 my $offset = $1 || 0; 5441 5442 # find_sub's value is 'fullpath-filename:start-stop'. It's 5443 # possible that the filename might have colons in it too. 5444 my ( $file, $i ) = ( find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-.*$/ ); 5445 if ($i) { 5446 5447 # We got the start line. Add the offset '+<n>' from 5448 # $postponed{subname}. 5449 $i += $offset; 5450 5451 # Switch to the file this sub is in, temporarily. 5452 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file }; 5453 5454 # No warnings, please. 5455 local $^W = 0; # != 0 is magical below 5456 5457 # This file's got a breakpoint in it. 5458 $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1; 5459 5460 # Last line in file. 5461 my $max = $#dbline; 5462 5463 # Search forward until we hit a breakable line or get to 5464 # the end of the file. 5465 ++$i until $dbline[$i] != 0 or $i >= $max; 5466 5467 # Copy the breakpoint in and delete it from %postponed. 5468 $dbline{$i} = delete $postponed{$subname}; 5469 } ## end if ($i) 5470 5471 # find_sub didn't find the sub. 5472 else { 5473 local $\ = ''; 5474 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n"; 5475 } 5476 return; 5477 } ## end if ($postponed{$subname... 5478 elsif ( $postponed{$subname} eq 'compile' ) { $signal = 1 } 5479 5480 #print $OUT "In postponed_sub for `$subname'.\n"; 5481} ## end sub postponed_sub 5482 5483=head2 C<postponed> 5484 5485Called after each required file is compiled, but before it is executed; 5486also called if the name of a just-compiled subroutine is a key of 5487C<%postponed>. Propagates saved breakpoints (from C<b compile>, C<b load>, 5488etc.) into the just-compiled code. 5489 5490If this is a C<require>'d file, the incoming parameter is the glob 5491C<*{"_<$filename"}>, with C<$filename> the name of the C<require>'d file. 5492 5493If it's a subroutine, the incoming parameter is the subroutine name. 5494 5495=cut 5496 5497sub postponed { 5498 5499 # If there's a break, process it. 5500 if ($ImmediateStop) { 5501 5502 # Right, we've stopped. Turn it off. 5503 $ImmediateStop = 0; 5504 5505 # Enter the command loop when DB::DB gets called. 5506 $signal = 1; 5507 } 5508 5509 # If this is a subroutine, let postponed_sub() deal with it. 5510 return &postponed_sub unless ref \$_[0] eq 'GLOB'; 5511 5512 # Not a subroutine. Deal with the file. 5513 local *dbline = shift; 5514 my $filename = $dbline; 5515 $filename =~ s/^_<//; 5516 local $\ = ''; 5517 $signal = 1, print $OUT "'$filename' loaded...\n" 5518 if $break_on_load{$filename}; 5519 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "Package $filename.\n" ) if $frame; 5520 5521 # Do we have any breakpoints to put in this file? 5522 return unless $postponed_file{$filename}; 5523 5524 # Yes. Mark this file as having breakpoints. 5525 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1; 5526 5527 # "Cannot be done: unsufficient magic" - we can't just put the 5528 # breakpoints saved in %postponed_file into %dbline by assigning 5529 # the whole hash; we have to do it one item at a time for the 5530 # breakpoints to be set properly. 5531 #%dbline = %{$postponed_file{$filename}}; 5532 5533 # Set the breakpoints, one at a time. 5534 my $key; 5535 5536 for $key ( keys %{ $postponed_file{$filename} } ) { 5537 5538 # Stash the saved breakpoint into the current file's magic line array. 5539 $dbline{$key} = ${ $postponed_file{$filename} }{$key}; 5540 } 5541 5542 # This file's been compiled; discard the stored breakpoints. 5543 delete $postponed_file{$filename}; 5544 5545} ## end sub postponed 5546 5547=head2 C<dumpit> 5548 5549C<dumpit> is the debugger's wrapper around dumpvar.pl. 5550 5551It gets a filehandle (to which C<dumpvar.pl>'s output will be directed) and 5552a reference to a variable (the thing to be dumped) as its input. 5553 5554The incoming filehandle is selected for output (C<dumpvar.pl> is printing to 5555the currently-selected filehandle, thank you very much). The current 5556values of the package globals C<$single> and C<$trace> are backed up in 5557lexicals, and they are turned off (this keeps the debugger from trying 5558to single-step through C<dumpvar.pl> (I think.)). C<$frame> is localized to 5559preserve its current value and it is set to zero to prevent entry/exit 5560messages from printing, and C<$doret> is localized as well and set to -2 to 5561prevent return values from being shown. 5562 5563C<dumpit()> then checks to see if it needs to load C<dumpvar.pl> and 5564tries to load it (note: if you have a C<dumpvar.pl> ahead of the 5565installed version in C<@INC>, yours will be used instead. Possible security 5566problem?). 5567 5568It then checks to see if the subroutine C<main::dumpValue> is now defined 5569(it should have been defined by C<dumpvar.pl>). If it has, C<dumpit()> 5570localizes the globals necessary for things to be sane when C<main::dumpValue()> 5571is called, and picks up the variable to be dumped from the parameter list. 5572 5573It checks the package global C<%options> to see if there's a C<dumpDepth> 5574specified. If not, -1 is assumed; if so, the supplied value gets passed on to 5575C<dumpvar.pl>. This tells C<dumpvar.pl> where to leave off when dumping a 5576structure: -1 means dump everything. 5577 5578C<dumpValue()> is then called if possible; if not, C<dumpit()>just prints a 5579warning. 5580 5581In either case, C<$single>, C<$trace>, C<$frame>, and C<$doret> are restored 5582and we then return to the caller. 5583 5584=cut 5585 5586sub dumpit { 5587 5588 # Save the current output filehandle and switch to the one 5589 # passed in as the first parameter. 5590 local ($savout) = select(shift); 5591 5592 # Save current settings of $single and $trace, and then turn them off. 5593 my $osingle = $single; 5594 my $otrace = $trace; 5595 $single = $trace = 0; 5596 5597 # XXX Okay, what do $frame and $doret do, again? 5598 local $frame = 0; 5599 local $doret = -2; 5600 5601 # Load dumpvar.pl unless we've already got the sub we need from it. 5602 unless ( defined &main::dumpValue ) { 5603 do 'dumpvar.pl' or die $@; 5604 } 5605 5606 # If the load succeeded (or we already had dumpvalue()), go ahead 5607 # and dump things. 5608 if ( defined &main::dumpValue ) { 5609 local $\ = ''; 5610 local $, = ''; 5611 local $" = ' '; 5612 my $v = shift; 5613 my $maxdepth = shift || $option{dumpDepth}; 5614 $maxdepth = -1 unless defined $maxdepth; # -1 means infinite depth 5615 &main::dumpValue( $v, $maxdepth ); 5616 } ## end if (defined &main::dumpValue) 5617 5618 # Oops, couldn't load dumpvar.pl. 5619 else { 5620 local $\ = ''; 5621 print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n"; 5622 } 5623 5624 # Reset $single and $trace to their old values. 5625 $single = $osingle; 5626 $trace = $otrace; 5627 5628 # Restore the old filehandle. 5629 select($savout); 5630} ## end sub dumpit 5631 5632=head2 C<print_trace> 5633 5634C<print_trace>'s job is to print a stack trace. It does this via the 5635C<dump_trace> routine, which actually does all the ferreting-out of the 5636stack trace data. C<print_trace> takes care of formatting it nicely and 5637printing it to the proper filehandle. 5638 5639Parameters: 5640 5641=over 4 5642 5643=item * 5644 5645The filehandle to print to. 5646 5647=item * 5648 5649How many frames to skip before starting trace. 5650 5651=item * 5652 5653How many frames to print. 5654 5655=item * 5656 5657A flag: if true, print a I<short> trace without filenames, line numbers, or arguments 5658 5659=back 5660 5661The original comment below seems to be noting that the traceback may not be 5662correct if this routine is called in a tied method. 5663 5664=cut 5665 5666# Tied method do not create a context, so may get wrong message: 5667 5668sub print_trace { 5669 local $\ = ''; 5670 my $fh = shift; 5671 5672 # If this is going to a slave editor, but we're not the primary 5673 # debugger, reset it first. 5674 resetterm(1) 5675 if $fh eq $LINEINFO # slave editor 5676 and $LINEINFO eq $OUT # normal output 5677 and $term_pid != $$; # not the primary 5678 5679 # Collect the actual trace information to be formatted. 5680 # This is an array of hashes of subroutine call info. 5681 my @sub = dump_trace( $_[0] + 1, $_[1] ); 5682 5683 # Grab the "short report" flag from @_. 5684 my $short = $_[2]; # Print short report, next one for sub name 5685 5686 # Run through the traceback info, format it, and print it. 5687 my $s; 5688 for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub ; $i++ ) { 5689 5690 # Drop out if the user has lost interest and hit control-C. 5691 last if $signal; 5692 5693 # Set the separator so arrys print nice. 5694 local $" = ', '; 5695 5696 # Grab and stringify the arguments if they are there. 5697 my $args = 5698 defined $sub[$i]{args} 5699 ? "(@{ $sub[$i]{args} })" 5700 : ''; 5701 5702 # Shorten them up if $maxtrace says they're too long. 5703 $args = ( substr $args, 0, $maxtrace - 3 ) . '...' 5704 if length $args > $maxtrace; 5705 5706 # Get the file name. 5707 my $file = $sub[$i]{file}; 5708 5709 # Put in a filename header if short is off. 5710 $file = $file eq '-e' ? $file : "file `$file'" unless $short; 5711 5712 # Get the actual sub's name, and shorten to $maxtrace's requirement. 5713 $s = $sub[$i]{sub}; 5714 $s = ( substr $s, 0, $maxtrace - 3 ) . '...' if length $s > $maxtrace; 5715 5716 # Short report uses trimmed file and sub names. 5717 if ($short) { 5718 my $sub = @_ >= 4 ? $_[3] : $s; 5719 print $fh "$sub[$i]{context}=$sub$args from $file:$sub[$i]{line}\n"; 5720 } ## end if ($short) 5721 5722 # Non-short report includes full names. 5723 else { 5724 print $fh "$sub[$i]{context} = $s$args" 5725 . " called from $file" 5726 . " line $sub[$i]{line}\n"; 5727 } 5728 } ## end for ($i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub... 5729} ## end sub print_trace 5730 5731=head2 dump_trace(skip[,count]) 5732 5733Actually collect the traceback information available via C<caller()>. It does 5734some filtering and cleanup of the data, but mostly it just collects it to 5735make C<print_trace()>'s job easier. 5736 5737C<skip> defines the number of stack frames to be skipped, working backwards 5738from the most current. C<count> determines the total number of frames to 5739be returned; all of them (well, the first 10^9) are returned if C<count> 5740is omitted. 5741 5742This routine returns a list of hashes, from most-recent to least-recent 5743stack frame. Each has the following keys and values: 5744 5745=over 4 5746 5747=item * C<context> - C<.> (null), C<$> (scalar), or C<@> (array) 5748 5749=item * C<sub> - subroutine name, or C<eval> information 5750 5751=item * C<args> - undef, or a reference to an array of arguments 5752 5753=item * C<file> - the file in which this item was defined (if any) 5754 5755=item * C<line> - the line on which it was defined 5756 5757=back 5758 5759=cut 5760 5761sub dump_trace { 5762 5763 # How many levels to skip. 5764 my $skip = shift; 5765 5766 # How many levels to show. (1e9 is a cheap way of saying "all of them"; 5767 # it's unlikely that we'll have more than a billion stack frames. If you 5768 # do, you've got an awfully big machine...) 5769 my $count = shift || 1e9; 5770 5771 # We increment skip because caller(1) is the first level *back* from 5772 # the current one. Add $skip to the count of frames so we have a 5773 # simple stop criterion, counting from $skip to $count+$skip. 5774 $skip++; 5775 $count += $skip; 5776 5777 # These variables are used to capture output from caller(); 5778 my ( $p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context ); 5779 5780 my ( $e, $r, @a, @sub, $args ); 5781 5782 # XXX Okay... why'd we do that? 5783 my $nothard = not $frame & 8; 5784 local $frame = 0; 5785 5786 # Do not want to trace this. 5787 my $otrace = $trace; 5788 $trace = 0; 5789 5790 # Start out at the skip count. 5791 # If we haven't reached the number of frames requested, and caller() is 5792 # still returning something, stay in the loop. (If we pass the requested 5793 # number of stack frames, or we run out - caller() returns nothing - we 5794 # quit. 5795 # Up the stack frame index to go back one more level each time. 5796 for ( 5797 $i = $skip ; 5798 $i < $count 5799 and ( $p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context, $e, $r ) = caller($i) ; 5800 $i++ 5801 ) 5802 { 5803 5804 # Go through the arguments and save them for later. 5805 @a = (); 5806 for $arg (@args) { 5807 my $type; 5808 if ( not defined $arg ) { # undefined parameter 5809 push @a, "undef"; 5810 } 5811 5812 elsif ( $nothard and tied $arg ) { # tied parameter 5813 push @a, "tied"; 5814 } 5815 elsif ( $nothard and $type = ref $arg ) { # reference 5816 push @a, "ref($type)"; 5817 } 5818 else { # can be stringified 5819 local $_ = 5820 "$arg"; # Safe to stringify now - should not call f(). 5821 5822 # Backslash any single-quotes or backslashes. 5823 s/([\'\\])/\\$1/g; 5824 5825 # Single-quote it unless it's a number or a colon-separated 5826 # name. 5827 s/(.*)/'$1'/s 5828 unless /^(?: -?[\d.]+ | \*[\w:]* )$/x; 5829 5830 # Turn high-bit characters into meta-whatever. 5831 s/([\200-\377])/sprintf("M-%c",ord($1)&0177)/eg; 5832 5833 # Turn control characters into ^-whatever. 5834 s/([\0-\37\177])/sprintf("^%c",ord($1)^64)/eg; 5835 5836 push( @a, $_ ); 5837 } ## end else [ if (not defined $arg) 5838 } ## end for $arg (@args) 5839 5840 # If context is true, this is array (@)context. 5841 # If context is false, this is scalar ($) context. 5842 # If neither, context isn't defined. (This is apparently a 'can't 5843 # happen' trap.) 5844 $context = $context ? '@' : ( defined $context ? "\$" : '.' ); 5845 5846 # if the sub has args ($h true), make an anonymous array of the 5847 # dumped args. 5848 $args = $h ? [@a] : undef; 5849 5850 # remove trailing newline-whitespace-semicolon-end of line sequence 5851 # from the eval text, if any. 5852 $e =~ s/\n\s*\;\s*\Z// if $e; 5853 5854 # Escape backslashed single-quotes again if necessary. 5855 $e =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g if $e; 5856 5857 # if the require flag is true, the eval text is from a require. 5858 if ($r) { 5859 $sub = "require '$e'"; 5860 } 5861 5862 # if it's false, the eval text is really from an eval. 5863 elsif ( defined $r ) { 5864 $sub = "eval '$e'"; 5865 } 5866 5867 # If the sub is '(eval)', this is a block eval, meaning we don't 5868 # know what the eval'ed text actually was. 5869 elsif ( $sub eq '(eval)' ) { 5870 $sub = "eval {...}"; 5871 } 5872 5873 # Stick the collected information into @sub as an anonymous hash. 5874 push( 5875 @sub, 5876 { 5877 context => $context, 5878 sub => $sub, 5879 args => $args, 5880 file => $file, 5881 line => $line 5882 } 5883 ); 5884 5885 # Stop processing frames if the user hit control-C. 5886 last if $signal; 5887 } ## end for ($i = $skip ; $i < ... 5888 5889 # Restore the trace value again. 5890 $trace = $otrace; 5891 @sub; 5892} ## end sub dump_trace 5893 5894=head2 C<action()> 5895 5896C<action()> takes input provided as the argument to an add-action command, 5897either pre- or post-, and makes sure it's a complete command. It doesn't do 5898any fancy parsing; it just keeps reading input until it gets a string 5899without a trailing backslash. 5900 5901=cut 5902 5903sub action { 5904 my $action = shift; 5905 5906 while ( $action =~ s/\\$// ) { 5907 5908 # We have a backslash on the end. Read more. 5909 $action .= &gets; 5910 } ## end while ($action =~ s/\\$//) 5911 5912 # Return the assembled action. 5913 $action; 5914} ## end sub action 5915 5916=head2 unbalanced 5917 5918This routine mostly just packages up a regular expression to be used 5919to check that the thing it's being matched against has properly-matched 5920curly braces. 5921 5922Of note is the definition of the C<$balanced_brace_re> global via C<||=>, which 5923speeds things up by only creating the qr//'ed expression once; if it's 5924already defined, we don't try to define it again. A speed hack. 5925 5926=cut 5927 5928sub unbalanced { 5929 5930 # I hate using globals! 5931 $balanced_brace_re ||= qr{ 5932 ^ \{ 5933 (?: 5934 (?> [^{}] + ) # Non-parens without backtracking 5935 | 5936 (??{ $balanced_brace_re }) # Group with matching parens 5937 ) * 5938 \} $ 5939 }x; 5940 return $_[0] !~ m/$balanced_brace_re/; 5941} ## end sub unbalanced 5942 5943=head2 C<gets()> 5944 5945C<gets()> is a primitive (very primitive) routine to read continuations. 5946It was devised for reading continuations for actions. 5947it just reads more input with C<readline()> and returns it. 5948 5949=cut 5950 5951sub gets { 5952 &readline("cont: "); 5953} 5954 5955=head2 C<DB::system()> - handle calls to<system()> without messing up the debugger 5956 5957The C<system()> function assumes that it can just go ahead and use STDIN and 5958STDOUT, but under the debugger, we want it to use the debugger's input and 5959outout filehandles. 5960 5961C<DB::system()> socks away the program's STDIN and STDOUT, and then substitutes 5962the debugger's IN and OUT filehandles for them. It does the C<system()> call, 5963and then puts everything back again. 5964 5965=cut 5966 5967sub system { 5968 5969 # We save, change, then restore STDIN and STDOUT to avoid fork() since 5970 # some non-Unix systems can do system() but have problems with fork(). 5971 open( SAVEIN, "<&STDIN" ) || &warn("Can't save STDIN"); 5972 open( SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT" ) || &warn("Can't save STDOUT"); 5973 open( STDIN, "<&IN" ) || &warn("Can't redirect STDIN"); 5974 open( STDOUT, ">&OUT" ) || &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT"); 5975 5976 # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals! 5977 system(@_); 5978 open( STDIN, "<&SAVEIN" ) || &warn("Can't restore STDIN"); 5979 open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT"); 5980 close(SAVEIN); 5981 close(SAVEOUT); 5982 5983 # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms 5984 if ( $? >> 8 ) { 5985 &warn( "(Command exited ", ( $? >> 8 ), ")\n" ); 5986 } 5987 elsif ($?) { 5988 &warn( 5989 "(Command died of SIG#", 5990 ( $? & 127 ), 5991 ( ( $? & 128 ) ? " -- core dumped" : "" ), 5992 ")", "\n" 5993 ); 5994 } ## end elsif ($?) 5995 5996 return $?; 5997 5998} ## end sub system 5999 6000=head1 TTY MANAGEMENT 6001 6002The subs here do some of the terminal management for multiple debuggers. 6003 6004=head2 setterm 6005 6006Top-level function called when we want to set up a new terminal for use 6007by the debugger. 6008 6009If the C<noTTY> debugger option was set, we'll either use the terminal 6010supplied (the value of the C<noTTY> option), or we'll use C<Term::Rendezvous> 6011to find one. If we're a forked debugger, we call C<resetterm> to try to 6012get a whole new terminal if we can. 6013 6014In either case, we set up the terminal next. If the C<ReadLine> option was 6015true, we'll get a C<Term::ReadLine> object for the current terminal and save 6016the appropriate attributes. We then 6017 6018=cut 6019 6020sub setterm { 6021 6022 # Load Term::Readline, but quietly; don't debug it and don't trace it. 6023 local $frame = 0; 6024 local $doret = -2; 6025 eval { require Term::ReadLine } or die $@; 6026 6027 # If noTTY is set, but we have a TTY name, go ahead and hook up to it. 6028 if ($notty) { 6029 if ($tty) { 6030 my ( $i, $o ) = split $tty, /,/; 6031 $o = $i unless defined $o; 6032 open( IN, "<$i" ) or die "Cannot open TTY `$i' for read: $!"; 6033 open( OUT, ">$o" ) or die "Cannot open TTY `$o' for write: $!"; 6034 $IN = \*IN; 6035 $OUT = \*OUT; 6036 my $sel = select($OUT); 6037 $| = 1; 6038 select($sel); 6039 } ## end if ($tty) 6040 6041 # We don't have a TTY - try to find one via Term::Rendezvous. 6042 else { 6043 eval "require Term::Rendezvous;" or die; 6044 6045 # See if we have anything to pass to Term::Rendezvous. 6046 # Use $HOME/.perldbtty$$ if not. 6047 my $rv = $ENV{PERLDB_NOTTY} || "$ENV{HOME}/.perldbtty$$"; 6048 6049 # Rendezvous and get the filehandles. 6050 my $term_rv = new Term::Rendezvous $rv; 6051 $IN = $term_rv->IN; 6052 $OUT = $term_rv->OUT; 6053 } ## end else [ if ($tty) 6054 } ## end if ($notty) 6055 6056 # We're a daughter debugger. Try to fork off another TTY. 6057 if ( $term_pid eq '-1' ) { # In a TTY with another debugger 6058 resetterm(2); 6059 } 6060 6061 # If we shouldn't use Term::ReadLine, don't. 6062 if ( !$rl ) { 6063 $term = new Term::ReadLine::Stub 'perldb', $IN, $OUT; 6064 } 6065 6066 # We're using Term::ReadLine. Get all the attributes for this terminal. 6067 else { 6068 $term = new Term::ReadLine 'perldb', $IN, $OUT; 6069 6070 $rl_attribs = $term->Attribs; 6071 $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters} .= '-:+/*,[])}' 6072 if defined $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters} 6073 and index( $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters}, ":" ) == -1; 6074 $rl_attribs->{special_prefixes} = '$@&%'; 6075 $rl_attribs->{completer_word_break_characters} .= '$@&%'; 6076 $rl_attribs->{completion_function} = \&db_complete; 6077 } ## end else [ if (!$rl) 6078 6079 # Set up the LINEINFO filehandle. 6080 $LINEINFO = $OUT unless defined $LINEINFO; 6081 $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo; 6082 6083 $term->MinLine(2); 6084 6085 &load_hist(); 6086 6087 if ( $term->Features->{setHistory} and "@hist" ne "?" ) { 6088 $term->SetHistory(@hist); 6089 } 6090 6091 # XXX Ornaments are turned on unconditionally, which is not 6092 # always a good thing. 6093 ornaments($ornaments) if defined $ornaments; 6094 $term_pid = $$; 6095} ## end sub setterm 6096 6097sub load_hist { 6098 $histfile //= option_val("HistFile", undef); 6099 return unless defined $histfile; 6100 open my $fh, "<", $histfile or return; 6101 local $/ = "\n"; 6102 @hist = (); 6103 while (<$fh>) { 6104 chomp; 6105 push @hist, $_; 6106 } 6107 close $fh; 6108} 6109 6110sub save_hist { 6111 return unless defined $histfile; 6112 eval { require File::Path } or return; 6113 eval { require File::Basename } or return; 6114 File::Path::mkpath(File::Basename::dirname($histfile)); 6115 open my $fh, ">", $histfile or die "Could not open '$histfile': $!"; 6116 $histsize //= option_val("HistSize",100); 6117 my @copy = grep { $_ ne '?' } @hist; 6118 my $start = scalar(@copy) > $histsize ? scalar(@copy)-$histsize : 0; 6119 for ($start .. $#copy) { 6120 print $fh "$copy[$_]\n"; 6121 } 6122 close $fh or die "Could not write '$histfile': $!"; 6123} 6124 6125=head1 GET_FORK_TTY EXAMPLE FUNCTIONS 6126 6127When the process being debugged forks, or the process invokes a command 6128via C<system()> which starts a new debugger, we need to be able to get a new 6129C<IN> and C<OUT> filehandle for the new debugger. Otherwise, the two processes 6130fight over the terminal, and you can never quite be sure who's going to get the 6131input you're typing. 6132 6133C<get_fork_TTY> is a glob-aliased function which calls the real function that 6134is tasked with doing all the necessary operating system mojo to get a new 6135TTY (and probably another window) and to direct the new debugger to read and 6136write there. 6137 6138The debugger provides C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for X Windows, 6139OS/2, and Mac OS X. Other systems are not supported. You are encouraged 6140to write C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for I<your> platform 6141and contribute them. 6142 6143=head3 C<xterm_get_fork_TTY> 6144 6145This function provides the C<get_fork_TTY> function for X windows. If a 6146program running under the debugger forks, a new <xterm> window is opened and 6147the subsidiary debugger is directed there. 6148 6149The C<open()> call is of particular note here. We have the new C<xterm> 6150we're spawning route file number 3 to STDOUT, and then execute the C<tty> 6151command (which prints the device name of the TTY we'll want to use for input 6152and output to STDOUT, then C<sleep> for a very long time, routing this output 6153to file number 3. This way we can simply read from the <XT> filehandle (which 6154is STDOUT from the I<commands> we ran) to get the TTY we want to use. 6155 6156Only works if C<xterm> is in your path and C<$ENV{DISPLAY}>, etc. are 6157properly set up. 6158 6159=cut 6160 6161sub xterm_get_fork_TTY { 6162 ( my $name = $0 ) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s; 6163 open XT, 6164qq[3>&1 xterm -title "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name" -e sh -c 'tty 1>&3;\ 6165 sleep 10000000' |]; 6166 6167 # Get the output from 'tty' and clean it up a little. 6168 my $tty = <XT>; 6169 chomp $tty; 6170 6171 $pidprompt = ''; # Shown anyway in titlebar 6172 6173 # We need $term defined or we can not switch to the newly created xterm 6174 if ($tty ne '' && !defined $term) { 6175 eval { require Term::ReadLine } or die $@; 6176 if ( !$rl ) { 6177 $term = new Term::ReadLine::Stub 'perldb', $IN, $OUT; 6178 } 6179 else { 6180 $term = new Term::ReadLine 'perldb', $IN, $OUT; 6181 } 6182 } 6183 # There's our new TTY. 6184 return $tty; 6185} ## end sub xterm_get_fork_TTY 6186 6187=head3 C<os2_get_fork_TTY> 6188 6189XXX It behooves an OS/2 expert to write the necessary documentation for this! 6190 6191=cut 6192 6193# This example function resets $IN, $OUT itself 6194my $c_pipe = 0; 6195sub os2_get_fork_TTY { # A simplification of the following (and works without): 6196 local $\ = ''; 6197 ( my $name = $0 ) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s; 6198 my %opt = ( title => "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name", 6199 ($rl ? (read_by_key => 1) : ()) ); 6200 require OS2::Process; 6201 my ($in, $out, $pid) = eval { OS2::Process::io_term(related => 0, %opt) } 6202 or return; 6203 $pidprompt = ''; # Shown anyway in titlebar 6204 reset_IN_OUT($in, $out); 6205 $tty = '*reset*'; 6206 return ''; # Indicate that reset_IN_OUT is called 6207} ## end sub os2_get_fork_TTY 6208 6209=head3 C<macosx_get_fork_TTY> 6210 6211The Mac OS X version uses AppleScript to tell Terminal.app to create 6212a new window. 6213 6214=cut 6215 6216# Notes about Terminal.app's AppleScript support, 6217# (aka things that might break in future OS versions). 6218# 6219# The "do script" command doesn't return a reference to the new window 6220# it creates, but since it appears frontmost and windows are enumerated 6221# front to back, we can use "first window" === "window 1". 6222# 6223# Since "do script" is implemented by supplying the argument (plus a 6224# return character) as terminal input, there's a potential race condition 6225# where the debugger could beat the shell to reading the command. 6226# To prevent this, we wait for the screen to clear before proceeding. 6227# 6228# 10.3 and 10.4: 6229# There's no direct accessor for the tty device name, so we fiddle 6230# with the window title options until it says what we want. 6231# 6232# 10.5: 6233# There _is_ a direct accessor for the tty device name, _and_ there's 6234# a new possible component of the window title (the name of the settings 6235# set). A separate version is needed. 6236 6237my @script_versions= 6238 6239 ([237, <<'__LEOPARD__'], 6240tell application "Terminal" 6241 do script "clear;exec sleep 100000" 6242 tell first tab of first window 6243 copy tty to thetty 6244 set custom title to "forked perl debugger" 6245 set title displays custom title to true 6246 repeat while (length of first paragraph of (get contents)) > 0 6247 delay 0.1 6248 end repeat 6249 end tell 6250end tell 6251thetty 6252__LEOPARD__ 6253 6254 [100, <<'__JAGUAR_TIGER__'], 6255tell application "Terminal" 6256 do script "clear;exec sleep 100000" 6257 tell first window 6258 set title displays shell path to false 6259 set title displays window size to false 6260 set title displays file name to false 6261 set title displays device name to true 6262 set title displays custom title to true 6263 set custom title to "" 6264 copy "/dev/" & name to thetty 6265 set custom title to "forked perl debugger" 6266 repeat while (length of first paragraph of (get contents)) > 0 6267 delay 0.1 6268 end repeat 6269 end tell 6270end tell 6271thetty 6272__JAGUAR_TIGER__ 6273 6274); 6275 6276sub macosx_get_fork_TTY 6277{ 6278 my($version,$script,$pipe,$tty); 6279 6280 return unless $version=$ENV{TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION}; 6281 foreach my $entry (@script_versions) { 6282 if ($version>=$entry->[0]) { 6283 $script=$entry->[1]; 6284 last; 6285 } 6286 } 6287 return unless defined($script); 6288 return unless open($pipe,'-|','/usr/bin/osascript','-e',$script); 6289 $tty=readline($pipe); 6290 close($pipe); 6291 return unless defined($tty) && $tty =~ m(^/dev/); 6292 chomp $tty; 6293 return $tty; 6294} 6295 6296=head2 C<create_IN_OUT($flags)> 6297 6298Create a new pair of filehandles, pointing to a new TTY. If impossible, 6299try to diagnose why. 6300 6301Flags are: 6302 6303=over 4 6304 6305=item * 1 - Don't know how to create a new TTY. 6306 6307=item * 2 - Debugger has forked, but we can't get a new TTY. 6308 6309=item * 4 - standard debugger startup is happening. 6310 6311=back 6312 6313=cut 6314 6315sub create_IN_OUT { # Create a window with IN/OUT handles redirected there 6316 6317 # If we know how to get a new TTY, do it! $in will have 6318 # the TTY name if get_fork_TTY works. 6319 my $in = &get_fork_TTY if defined &get_fork_TTY; 6320 6321 # It used to be that 6322 $in = $fork_TTY if defined $fork_TTY; # Backward compatibility 6323 6324 if ( not defined $in ) { 6325 my $why = shift; 6326 6327 # We don't know how. 6328 print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 1; 6329I<#########> Forked, but do not know how to create a new B<TTY>. I<#########> 6330EOP 6331 6332 # Forked debugger. 6333 print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 2; 6334I<#########> Daughter session, do not know how to change a B<TTY>. I<#########> 6335 This may be an asynchronous session, so the parent debugger may be active. 6336EOP 6337 6338 # Note that both debuggers are fighting over the same input. 6339 print_help(<<EOP) if $why != 4; 6340 Since two debuggers fight for the same TTY, input is severely entangled. 6341 6342EOP 6343 print_help(<<EOP); 6344 I know how to switch the output to a different window in xterms, OS/2 6345 consoles, and Mac OS X Terminal.app only. For a manual switch, put the name 6346 of the created I<TTY> in B<\$DB::fork_TTY>, or define a function 6347 B<DB::get_fork_TTY()> returning this. 6348 6349 On I<UNIX>-like systems one can get the name of a I<TTY> for the given window 6350 by typing B<tty>, and disconnect the I<shell> from I<TTY> by B<sleep 1000000>. 6351 6352EOP 6353 } ## end if (not defined $in) 6354 elsif ( $in ne '' ) { 6355 TTY($in); 6356 } 6357 else { 6358 $console = ''; # Indicate no need to open-from-the-console 6359 } 6360 undef $fork_TTY; 6361} ## end sub create_IN_OUT 6362 6363=head2 C<resetterm> 6364 6365Handles rejiggering the prompt when we've forked off a new debugger. 6366 6367If the new debugger happened because of a C<system()> that invoked a 6368program under the debugger, the arrow between the old pid and the new 6369in the prompt has I<two> dashes instead of one. 6370 6371We take the current list of pids and add this one to the end. If there 6372isn't any list yet, we make one up out of the initial pid associated with 6373the terminal and our new pid, sticking an arrow (either one-dashed or 6374two dashed) in between them. 6375 6376If C<CreateTTY> is off, or C<resetterm> was called with no arguments, 6377we don't try to create a new IN and OUT filehandle. Otherwise, we go ahead 6378and try to do that. 6379 6380=cut 6381 6382sub resetterm { # We forked, so we need a different TTY 6383 6384 # Needs to be passed to create_IN_OUT() as well. 6385 my $in = shift; 6386 6387 # resetterm(2): got in here because of a system() starting a debugger. 6388 # resetterm(1): just forked. 6389 my $systemed = $in > 1 ? '-' : ''; 6390 6391 # If there's already a list of pids, add this to the end. 6392 if ($pids) { 6393 $pids =~ s/\]/$systemed->$$]/; 6394 } 6395 6396 # No pid list. Time to make one. 6397 else { 6398 $pids = "[$term_pid->$$]"; 6399 } 6400 6401 # The prompt we're going to be using for this debugger. 6402 $pidprompt = $pids; 6403 6404 # We now 0wnz this terminal. 6405 $term_pid = $$; 6406 6407 # Just return if we're not supposed to try to create a new TTY. 6408 return unless $CreateTTY & $in; 6409 6410 # Try to create a new IN/OUT pair. 6411 create_IN_OUT($in); 6412} ## end sub resetterm 6413 6414=head2 C<readline> 6415 6416First, we handle stuff in the typeahead buffer. If there is any, we shift off 6417the next line, print a message saying we got it, add it to the terminal 6418history (if possible), and return it. 6419 6420If there's nothing in the typeahead buffer, check the command filehandle stack. 6421If there are any filehandles there, read from the last one, and return the line 6422if we got one. If not, we pop the filehandle off and close it, and try the 6423next one up the stack. 6424 6425If we've emptied the filehandle stack, we check to see if we've got a socket 6426open, and we read that and return it if we do. If we don't, we just call the 6427core C<readline()> and return its value. 6428 6429=cut 6430 6431sub readline { 6432 6433 # Localize to prevent it from being smashed in the program being debugged. 6434 local $.; 6435 6436 # Pull a line out of the typeahead if there's stuff there. 6437 if (@typeahead) { 6438 6439 # How many lines left. 6440 my $left = @typeahead; 6441 6442 # Get the next line. 6443 my $got = shift @typeahead; 6444 6445 # Print a message saying we got input from the typeahead. 6446 local $\ = ''; 6447 print $OUT "auto(-$left)", shift, $got, "\n"; 6448 6449 # Add it to the terminal history (if possible). 6450 $term->AddHistory($got) 6451 if length($got) > 1 6452 and defined $term->Features->{addHistory}; 6453 return $got; 6454 } ## end if (@typeahead) 6455 6456 # We really need to read some input. Turn off entry/exit trace and 6457 # return value printing. 6458 local $frame = 0; 6459 local $doret = -2; 6460 6461 # If there are stacked filehandles to read from ... 6462 while (@cmdfhs) { 6463 6464 # Read from the last one in the stack. 6465 my $line = CORE::readline( $cmdfhs[-1] ); 6466 6467 # If we got a line ... 6468 defined $line 6469 ? ( print $OUT ">> $line" and return $line ) # Echo and return 6470 : close pop @cmdfhs; # Pop and close 6471 } ## end while (@cmdfhs) 6472 6473 # Nothing on the filehandle stack. Socket? 6474 if ( ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa( $OUT, 'IO::Socket::INET' ) ) { 6475 6476 # Send anyting we have to send. 6477 $OUT->write( join( '', @_ ) ); 6478 6479 # Receive anything there is to receive. 6480 $stuff; 6481 my $stuff = ''; 6482 my $buf; 6483 do { 6484 $IN->recv( $buf = '', 2048 ); # XXX "what's wrong with sysread?" 6485 # XXX Don't know. You tell me. 6486 } while length $buf and ($stuff .= $buf) !~ /\n/; 6487 6488 # What we got. 6489 $stuff; 6490 } ## end if (ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa... 6491 6492 # No socket. Just read from the terminal. 6493 else { 6494 $term->readline(@_); 6495 } 6496} ## end sub readline 6497 6498=head1 OPTIONS SUPPORT ROUTINES 6499 6500These routines handle listing and setting option values. 6501 6502=head2 C<dump_option> - list the current value of an option setting 6503 6504This routine uses C<option_val> to look up the value for an option. 6505It cleans up escaped single-quotes and then displays the option and 6506its value. 6507 6508=cut 6509 6510sub dump_option { 6511 my ( $opt, $val ) = @_; 6512 $val = option_val( $opt, 'N/A' ); 6513 $val =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g; 6514 printf $OUT "%20s = '%s'\n", $opt, $val; 6515} ## end sub dump_option 6516 6517sub options2remember { 6518 foreach my $k (@RememberOnROptions) { 6519 $option{$k} = option_val( $k, 'N/A' ); 6520 } 6521 return %option; 6522} 6523 6524=head2 C<option_val> - find the current value of an option 6525 6526This can't just be a simple hash lookup because of the indirect way that 6527the option values are stored. Some are retrieved by calling a subroutine, 6528some are just variables. 6529 6530You must supply a default value to be used in case the option isn't set. 6531 6532=cut 6533 6534sub option_val { 6535 my ( $opt, $default ) = @_; 6536 my $val; 6537 6538 # Does this option exist, and is it a variable? 6539 # If so, retrieve the value via the value in %optionVars. 6540 if ( defined $optionVars{$opt} 6541 and defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} } ) 6542 { 6543 $val = ${ $optionVars{$opt} }; 6544 } 6545 6546 # Does this option exist, and it's a subroutine? 6547 # If so, call the subroutine via the ref in %optionAction 6548 # and capture the value. 6549 elsif ( defined $optionAction{$opt} 6550 and defined &{ $optionAction{$opt} } ) 6551 { 6552 $val = &{ $optionAction{$opt} }(); 6553 } 6554 6555 # If there's an action or variable for the supplied option, 6556 # but no value was set, use the default. 6557 elsif (defined $optionAction{$opt} and not defined $option{$opt} 6558 or defined $optionVars{$opt} and not defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} } ) 6559 { 6560 $val = $default; 6561 } 6562 6563 # Otherwise, do the simple hash lookup. 6564 else { 6565 $val = $option{$opt}; 6566 } 6567 6568 # If the value isn't defined, use the default. 6569 # Then return whatever the value is. 6570 $val = $default unless defined $val; 6571 $val; 6572} ## end sub option_val 6573 6574=head2 C<parse_options> 6575 6576Handles the parsing and execution of option setting/displaying commands. 6577 6578An option entered by itself is assumed to be I<set me to 1> (the default value) 6579if the option is a boolean one. If not, the user is prompted to enter a valid 6580value or to query the current value (via C<option? >). 6581 6582If C<option=value> is entered, we try to extract a quoted string from the 6583value (if it is quoted). If it's not, we just use the whole value as-is. 6584 6585We load any modules required to service this option, and then we set it: if 6586it just gets stuck in a variable, we do that; if there's a subroutine to 6587handle setting the option, we call that. 6588 6589Finally, if we're running in interactive mode, we display the effect of the 6590user's command back to the terminal, skipping this if we're setting things 6591during initialization. 6592 6593=cut 6594 6595sub parse_options { 6596 local ($_) = @_; 6597 local $\ = ''; 6598 6599 # These options need a value. Don't allow them to be clobbered by accident. 6600 my %opt_needs_val = map { ( $_ => 1 ) } qw{ 6601 dumpDepth arrayDepth hashDepth LineInfo maxTraceLen ornaments windowSize 6602 pager quote ReadLine recallCommand RemotePort ShellBang TTY CommandSet 6603 }; 6604 6605 while (length) { 6606 my $val_defaulted; 6607 6608 # Clean off excess leading whitespace. 6609 s/^\s+// && next; 6610 6611 # Options are always all word characters, followed by a non-word 6612 # separator. 6613 s/^(\w+)(\W?)// or print( $OUT "Invalid option `$_'\n" ), last; 6614 my ( $opt, $sep ) = ( $1, $2 ); 6615 6616 # Make sure that such an option exists. 6617 my $matches = grep( /^\Q$opt/ && ( $option = $_ ), @options ) 6618 || grep( /^\Q$opt/i && ( $option = $_ ), @options ); 6619 6620 print( $OUT "Unknown option `$opt'\n" ), next unless $matches; 6621 print( $OUT "Ambiguous option `$opt'\n" ), next if $matches > 1; 6622 my $val; 6623 6624 # '?' as separator means query, but must have whitespace after it. 6625 if ( "?" eq $sep ) { 6626 print( $OUT "Option query `$opt?' followed by non-space `$_'\n" ), 6627 last 6628 if /^\S/; 6629 6630 #&dump_option($opt); 6631 } ## end if ("?" eq $sep) 6632 6633 # Separator is whitespace (or just a carriage return). 6634 # They're going for a default, which we assume is 1. 6635 elsif ( $sep !~ /\S/ ) { 6636 $val_defaulted = 1; 6637 $val = "1"; # this is an evil default; make 'em set it! 6638 } 6639 6640 # Separator is =. Trying to set a value. 6641 elsif ( $sep eq "=" ) { 6642 6643 # If quoted, extract a quoted string. 6644 if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x) { 6645 my $quote = $1; 6646 ( $val = $2 ) =~ s/\\([$quote\\])/$1/g; 6647 } 6648 6649 # Not quoted. Use the whole thing. Warn about 'option='. 6650 else { 6651 s/^(\S*)//; 6652 $val = $1; 6653 print OUT qq(Option better cleared using $opt=""\n) 6654 unless length $val; 6655 } ## end else [ if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x) 6656 6657 } ## end elsif ($sep eq "=") 6658 6659 # "Quoted" with [], <>, or {}. 6660 else { #{ to "let some poor schmuck bounce on the % key in B<vi>." 6661 my ($end) = 6662 "\\" . substr( ")]>}$sep", index( "([<{", $sep ), 1 ); #} 6663 s/^(([^\\$end]|\\[\\$end])*)$end($|\s+)// 6664 or print( $OUT "Unclosed option value `$opt$sep$_'\n" ), last; 6665 ( $val = $1 ) =~ s/\\([\\$end])/$1/g; 6666 } ## end else [ if ("?" eq $sep) 6667 6668 # Exclude non-booleans from getting set to 1 by default. 6669 if ( $opt_needs_val{$option} && $val_defaulted ) { 6670 my $cmd = ( $CommandSet eq '580' ) ? 'o' : 'O'; 6671 print $OUT 6672"Option `$opt' is non-boolean. Use `$cmd $option=VAL' to set, `$cmd $option?' to query\n"; 6673 next; 6674 } ## end if ($opt_needs_val{$option... 6675 6676 # Save the option value. 6677 $option{$option} = $val if defined $val; 6678 6679 # Load any module that this option requires. 6680 eval qq{ 6681 local \$frame = 0; 6682 local \$doret = -2; 6683 require '$optionRequire{$option}'; 6684 1; 6685 } || die # XXX: shouldn't happen 6686 if defined $optionRequire{$option} 6687 && defined $val; 6688 6689 # Set it. 6690 # Stick it in the proper variable if it goes in a variable. 6691 ${ $optionVars{$option} } = $val 6692 if defined $optionVars{$option} 6693 && defined $val; 6694 6695 # Call the appropriate sub if it gets set via sub. 6696 &{ $optionAction{$option} }($val) 6697 if defined $optionAction{$option} 6698 && defined &{ $optionAction{$option} } 6699 && defined $val; 6700 6701 # Not initialization - echo the value we set it to. 6702 dump_option($option) unless $OUT eq \*STDERR; 6703 } ## end while (length) 6704} ## end sub parse_options 6705 6706=head1 RESTART SUPPORT 6707 6708These routines are used to store (and restore) lists of items in environment 6709variables during a restart. 6710 6711=head2 set_list 6712 6713Set_list packages up items to be stored in a set of environment variables 6714(VAR_n, containing the number of items, and VAR_0, VAR_1, etc., containing 6715the values). Values outside the standard ASCII charset are stored by encoding 6716then as hexadecimal values. 6717 6718=cut 6719 6720sub set_list { 6721 my ( $stem, @list ) = @_; 6722 my $val; 6723 6724 # VAR_n: how many we have. Scalar assignment gets the number of items. 6725 $ENV{"${stem}_n"} = @list; 6726 6727 # Grab each item in the list, escape the backslashes, encode the non-ASCII 6728 # as hex, and then save in the appropriate VAR_0, VAR_1, etc. 6729 for $i ( 0 .. $#list ) { 6730 $val = $list[$i]; 6731 $val =~ s/\\/\\\\/g; 6732 $val =~ s/([\0-\37\177\200-\377])/"\\0x" . unpack('H2',$1)/eg; 6733 $ENV{"${stem}_$i"} = $val; 6734 } ## end for $i (0 .. $#list) 6735} ## end sub set_list 6736 6737=head2 get_list 6738 6739Reverse the set_list operation: grab VAR_n to see how many we should be getting 6740back, and then pull VAR_0, VAR_1. etc. back out. 6741 6742=cut 6743 6744sub get_list { 6745 my $stem = shift; 6746 my @list; 6747 my $n = delete $ENV{"${stem}_n"}; 6748 my $val; 6749 for $i ( 0 .. $n - 1 ) { 6750 $val = delete $ENV{"${stem}_$i"}; 6751 $val =~ s/\\((\\)|0x(..))/ $2 ? $2 : pack('H2', $3) /ge; 6752 push @list, $val; 6753 } 6754 @list; 6755} ## end sub get_list 6756 6757=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SIGNAL AND I/O MANAGEMENT 6758 6759=head2 catch() 6760 6761The C<catch()> subroutine is the essence of fast and low-impact. We simply 6762set an already-existing global scalar variable to a constant value. This 6763avoids allocating any memory possibly in the middle of something that will 6764get all confused if we do, particularly under I<unsafe signals>. 6765 6766=cut 6767 6768sub catch { 6769 $signal = 1; 6770 return; # Put nothing on the stack - malloc/free land! 6771} 6772 6773=head2 C<warn()> 6774 6775C<warn> emits a warning, by joining together its arguments and printing 6776them, with couple of fillips. 6777 6778If the composited message I<doesn't> end with a newline, we automatically 6779add C<$!> and a newline to the end of the message. The subroutine expects $OUT 6780to be set to the filehandle to be used to output warnings; it makes no 6781assumptions about what filehandles are available. 6782 6783=cut 6784 6785sub warn { 6786 my ($msg) = join( "", @_ ); 6787 $msg .= ": $!\n" unless $msg =~ /\n$/; 6788 local $\ = ''; 6789 print $OUT $msg; 6790} ## end sub warn 6791 6792=head1 INITIALIZATION TTY SUPPORT 6793 6794=head2 C<reset_IN_OUT> 6795 6796This routine handles restoring the debugger's input and output filehandles 6797after we've tried and failed to move them elsewhere. In addition, it assigns 6798the debugger's output filehandle to $LINEINFO if it was already open there. 6799 6800=cut 6801 6802sub reset_IN_OUT { 6803 my $switch_li = $LINEINFO eq $OUT; 6804 6805 # If there's a term and it's able to get a new tty, try to get one. 6806 if ( $term and $term->Features->{newTTY} ) { 6807 ( $IN, $OUT ) = ( shift, shift ); 6808 $term->newTTY( $IN, $OUT ); 6809 } 6810 6811 # This term can't get a new tty now. Better luck later. 6812 elsif ($term) { 6813 &warn("Too late to set IN/OUT filehandles, enabled on next `R'!\n"); 6814 } 6815 6816 # Set the filehndles up as they were. 6817 else { 6818 ( $IN, $OUT ) = ( shift, shift ); 6819 } 6820 6821 # Unbuffer the output filehandle. 6822 my $o = select $OUT; 6823 $| = 1; 6824 select $o; 6825 6826 # Point LINEINFO to the same output filehandle if it was there before. 6827 $LINEINFO = $OUT if $switch_li; 6828} ## end sub reset_IN_OUT 6829 6830=head1 OPTION SUPPORT ROUTINES 6831 6832The following routines are used to process some of the more complicated 6833debugger options. 6834 6835=head2 C<TTY> 6836 6837Sets the input and output filehandles to the specified files or pipes. 6838If the terminal supports switching, we go ahead and do it. If not, and 6839there's already a terminal in place, we save the information to take effect 6840on restart. 6841 6842If there's no terminal yet (for instance, during debugger initialization), 6843we go ahead and set C<$console> and C<$tty> to the file indicated. 6844 6845=cut 6846 6847sub TTY { 6848 6849 if ( @_ and $term and $term->Features->{newTTY} ) { 6850 6851 # This terminal supports switching to a new TTY. 6852 # Can be a list of two files, or on string containing both names, 6853 # comma-separated. 6854 # XXX Should this perhaps be an assignment from @_? 6855 my ( $in, $out ) = shift; 6856 if ( $in =~ /,/ ) { 6857 6858 # Split list apart if supplied. 6859 ( $in, $out ) = split /,/, $in, 2; 6860 } 6861 else { 6862 6863 # Use the same file for both input and output. 6864 $out = $in; 6865 } 6866 6867 # Open file onto the debugger's filehandles, if you can. 6868 open IN, $in or die "cannot open `$in' for read: $!"; 6869 open OUT, ">$out" or die "cannot open `$out' for write: $!"; 6870 6871 # Swap to the new filehandles. 6872 reset_IN_OUT( \*IN, \*OUT ); 6873 6874 # Save the setting for later. 6875 return $tty = $in; 6876 } ## end if (@_ and $term and $term... 6877 6878 # Terminal doesn't support new TTY, or doesn't support readline. 6879 # Can't do it now, try restarting. 6880 &warn("Too late to set TTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if $term and @_; 6881 6882 # Useful if done through PERLDB_OPTS: 6883 $console = $tty = shift if @_; 6884 6885 # Return whatever the TTY is. 6886 $tty or $console; 6887} ## end sub TTY 6888 6889=head2 C<noTTY> 6890 6891Sets the C<$notty> global, controlling whether or not the debugger tries to 6892get a terminal to read from. If called after a terminal is already in place, 6893we save the value to use it if we're restarted. 6894 6895=cut 6896 6897sub noTTY { 6898 if ($term) { 6899 &warn("Too late to set noTTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_; 6900 } 6901 $notty = shift if @_; 6902 $notty; 6903} ## end sub noTTY 6904 6905=head2 C<ReadLine> 6906 6907Sets the C<$rl> option variable. If 0, we use C<Term::ReadLine::Stub> 6908(essentially, no C<readline> processing on this I<terminal>). Otherwise, we 6909use C<Term::ReadLine>. Can't be changed after a terminal's in place; we save 6910the value in case a restart is done so we can change it then. 6911 6912=cut 6913 6914sub ReadLine { 6915 if ($term) { 6916 &warn("Too late to set ReadLine, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_; 6917 } 6918 $rl = shift if @_; 6919 $rl; 6920} ## end sub ReadLine 6921 6922=head2 C<RemotePort> 6923 6924Sets the port that the debugger will try to connect to when starting up. 6925If the terminal's already been set up, we can't do it, but we remember the 6926setting in case the user does a restart. 6927 6928=cut 6929 6930sub RemotePort { 6931 if ($term) { 6932 &warn("Too late to set RemotePort, enabled on next 'R'!\n") if @_; 6933 } 6934 $remoteport = shift if @_; 6935 $remoteport; 6936} ## end sub RemotePort 6937 6938=head2 C<tkRunning> 6939 6940Checks with the terminal to see if C<Tk> is running, and returns true or 6941false. Returns false if the current terminal doesn't support C<readline>. 6942 6943=cut 6944 6945sub tkRunning { 6946 if ( ${ $term->Features }{tkRunning} ) { 6947 return $term->tkRunning(@_); 6948 } 6949 else { 6950 local $\ = ''; 6951 print $OUT "tkRunning not supported by current ReadLine package.\n"; 6952 0; 6953 } 6954} ## end sub tkRunning 6955 6956=head2 C<NonStop> 6957 6958Sets nonstop mode. If a terminal's already been set up, it's too late; the 6959debugger remembers the setting in case you restart, though. 6960 6961=cut 6962 6963sub NonStop { 6964 if ($term) { 6965 &warn("Too late to set up NonStop mode, enabled on next `R'!\n") 6966 if @_; 6967 } 6968 $runnonstop = shift if @_; 6969 $runnonstop; 6970} ## end sub NonStop 6971 6972sub DollarCaretP { 6973 if ($term) { 6974 &warn("Some flag changes could not take effect until next 'R'!\n") 6975 if @_; 6976 } 6977 $^P = parse_DollarCaretP_flags(shift) if @_; 6978 expand_DollarCaretP_flags($^P); 6979} 6980 6981=head2 C<pager> 6982 6983Set up the C<$pager> variable. Adds a pipe to the front unless there's one 6984there already. 6985 6986=cut 6987 6988sub pager { 6989 if (@_) { 6990 $pager = shift; 6991 $pager = "|" . $pager unless $pager =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/; 6992 } 6993 $pager; 6994} ## end sub pager 6995 6996=head2 C<shellBang> 6997 6998Sets the shell escape command, and generates a printable copy to be used 6999in the help. 7000 7001=cut 7002 7003sub shellBang { 7004 7005 # If we got an argument, meta-quote it, and add '\b' if it 7006 # ends in a word character. 7007 if (@_) { 7008 $sh = quotemeta shift; 7009 $sh .= "\\b" if $sh =~ /\w$/; 7010 } 7011 7012 # Generate the printable version for the help: 7013 $psh = $sh; # copy it 7014 $psh =~ s/\\b$//; # Take off trailing \b if any 7015 $psh =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g; # De-escape 7016 $psh; # return the printable version 7017} ## end sub shellBang 7018 7019=head2 C<ornaments> 7020 7021If the terminal has its own ornaments, fetch them. Otherwise accept whatever 7022was passed as the argument. (This means you can't override the terminal's 7023ornaments.) 7024 7025=cut 7026 7027sub ornaments { 7028 if ( defined $term ) { 7029 7030 # We don't want to show warning backtraces, but we do want die() ones. 7031 local ( $warnLevel, $dieLevel ) = ( 0, 1 ); 7032 7033 # No ornaments if the terminal doesn't support them. 7034 return '' unless $term->Features->{ornaments}; 7035 eval { $term->ornaments(@_) } || ''; 7036 } 7037 7038 # Use what was passed in if we can't determine it ourselves. 7039 else { 7040 $ornaments = shift; 7041 } 7042} ## end sub ornaments 7043 7044=head2 C<recallCommand> 7045 7046Sets the recall command, and builds a printable version which will appear in 7047the help text. 7048 7049=cut 7050 7051sub recallCommand { 7052 7053 # If there is input, metaquote it. Add '\b' if it ends with a word 7054 # character. 7055 if (@_) { 7056 $rc = quotemeta shift; 7057 $rc .= "\\b" if $rc =~ /\w$/; 7058 } 7059 7060 # Build it into a printable version. 7061 $prc = $rc; # Copy it 7062 $prc =~ s/\\b$//; # Remove trailing \b 7063 $prc =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g; # Remove escapes 7064 $prc; # Return the printable version 7065} ## end sub recallCommand 7066 7067=head2 C<LineInfo> - where the line number information goes 7068 7069Called with no arguments, returns the file or pipe that line info should go to. 7070 7071Called with an argument (a file or a pipe), it opens that onto the 7072C<LINEINFO> filehandle, unbuffers the filehandle, and then returns the 7073file or pipe again to the caller. 7074 7075=cut 7076 7077sub LineInfo { 7078 return $lineinfo unless @_; 7079 $lineinfo = shift; 7080 7081 # If this is a valid "thing to be opened for output", tack a 7082 # '>' onto the front. 7083 my $stream = ( $lineinfo =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/ ) ? $lineinfo : ">$lineinfo"; 7084 7085 # If this is a pipe, the stream points to a slave editor. 7086 $slave_editor = ( $stream =~ /^\|/ ); 7087 7088 # Open it up and unbuffer it. 7089 open( LINEINFO, "$stream" ) || &warn("Cannot open `$stream' for write"); 7090 $LINEINFO = \*LINEINFO; 7091 my $save = select($LINEINFO); 7092 $| = 1; 7093 select($save); 7094 7095 # Hand the file or pipe back again. 7096 $lineinfo; 7097} ## end sub LineInfo 7098 7099=head1 COMMAND SUPPORT ROUTINES 7100 7101These subroutines provide functionality for various commands. 7102 7103=head2 C<list_modules> 7104 7105For the C<M> command: list modules loaded and their versions. 7106Essentially just runs through the keys in %INC, picks each package's 7107C<$VERSION> variable, gets the file name, and formats the information 7108for output. 7109 7110=cut 7111 7112sub list_modules { # versions 7113 my %version; 7114 my $file; 7115 7116 # keys are the "as-loaded" name, values are the fully-qualified path 7117 # to the file itself. 7118 for ( keys %INC ) { 7119 $file = $_; # get the module name 7120 s,\.p[lm]$,,i; # remove '.pl' or '.pm' 7121 s,/,::,g; # change '/' to '::' 7122 s/^perl5db$/DB/; # Special case: debugger 7123 # moves to package DB 7124 s/^Term::ReadLine::readline$/readline/; # simplify readline 7125 7126 # If the package has a $VERSION package global (as all good packages 7127 # should!) decode it and save as partial message. 7128 if ( defined ${ $_ . '::VERSION' } ) { 7129 $version{$file} = "${ $_ . '::VERSION' } from "; 7130 } 7131 7132 # Finish up the message with the file the package came from. 7133 $version{$file} .= $INC{$file}; 7134 } ## end for (keys %INC) 7135 7136 # Hey, dumpit() formats a hash nicely, so why not use it? 7137 dumpit( $OUT, \%version ); 7138} ## end sub list_modules 7139 7140=head2 C<sethelp()> 7141 7142Sets up the monster string used to format and print the help. 7143 7144=head3 HELP MESSAGE FORMAT 7145 7146The help message is a peculiar format unto itself; it mixes C<pod> I<ornaments> 7147(C<< B<> >> C<< I<> >>) with tabs to come up with a format that's fairly 7148easy to parse and portable, but which still allows the help to be a little 7149nicer than just plain text. 7150 7151Essentially, you define the command name (usually marked up with C<< B<> >> 7152and C<< I<> >>), followed by a tab, and then the descriptive text, ending in a 7153newline. The descriptive text can also be marked up in the same way. If you 7154need to continue the descriptive text to another line, start that line with 7155just tabs and then enter the marked-up text. 7156 7157If you are modifying the help text, I<be careful>. The help-string parser is 7158not very sophisticated, and if you don't follow these rules it will mangle the 7159help beyond hope until you fix the string. 7160 7161=cut 7162 7163sub sethelp { 7164 7165 # XXX: make sure there are tabs between the command and explanation, 7166 # or print_help will screw up your formatting if you have 7167 # eeevil ornaments enabled. This is an insane mess. 7168 7169 $help = " 7170Help is currently only available for the new 5.8 command set. 7171No help is available for the old command set. 7172We assume you know what you're doing if you switch to it. 7173 7174B<T> Stack trace. 7175B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in I<expr>]. 7176B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>]. 7177<B<CR>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command. 7178B<r> Return from current subroutine. 7179B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>] Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint 7180 at the specified position. 7181B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr> List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>. 7182B<l> I<min>B<->I<max> List lines I<min> through I<max>. 7183B<l> I<line> List single I<line>. 7184B<l> I<subname> List first window of lines from subroutine. 7185B<l> I<\$var> List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>. 7186B<l> List next window of lines. 7187B<-> List previous window of lines. 7188B<v> [I<line>] View window around I<line>. 7189B<.> Return to the executed line. 7190B<f> I<filename> Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded. 7191 I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular 7192 expression matching the full file name: 7193 B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file. 7194 Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames: 7195 B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval 7196 (in the order of execution). 7197B</>I<pattern>B</> Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional. 7198B<?>I<pattern>B<?> Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional. 7199B<L> [I<a|b|w>] List actions and or breakpoints and or watch-expressions. 7200B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>] List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>. 7201B<t> Toggle trace mode. 7202B<t> I<expr> Trace through execution of I<expr>. 7203B<b> Sets breakpoint on current line) 7204B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>] 7205 Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line; 7206 I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'. 7207B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>] 7208 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine. 7209B<b> I<\$var> Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>. 7210B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on 'require'ing the given file. 7211B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>] 7212 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after 7213 it is compiled. 7214B<b> B<compile> I<subname> 7215 Stop after the subroutine is compiled. 7216B<B> [I<line>] Delete the breakpoint for I<line>. 7217B<B> I<*> Delete all breakpoints. 7218B<a> [I<line>] I<command> 7219 Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed; 7220 I<line> defaults to the current execution line. 7221 Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line 7222 if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary, 7223 execute line. 7224B<a> Does nothing 7225B<A> [I<line>] Delete the action for I<line>. 7226B<A> I<*> Delete all actions. 7227B<w> I<expr> Add a global watch-expression. 7228B<w> Does nothing 7229B<W> I<expr> Delete a global watch-expression. 7230B<W> I<*> Delete all watch-expressions. 7231B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]] List some (default all) variables in package (default current). 7232 Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps. 7233B<X> [I<vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\". 7234B<x> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, dumps the result. 7235B<m> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable 7236 on the first element of the result. 7237B<m> I<class> Prints methods callable via the given class. 7238B<M> Show versions of loaded modules. 7239B<i> I<class> Prints nested parents of given class. 7240B<e> Display current thread id. 7241B<E> Display all thread ids the current one will be identified: <n>. 7242B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>. 7243 7244B<<> ? List Perl commands to run before each prompt. 7245B<<> I<expr> Define Perl command to run before each prompt. 7246B<<<> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt. 7247B<< *> Delete the list of perl commands to run before each prompt. 7248B<>> ? List Perl commands to run after each prompt. 7249B<>> I<expr> Define Perl command to run after each prompt. 7250B<>>B<>> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt. 7251B<>>B< *> Delete the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt. 7252B<{> I<db_command> Define debugger command to run before each prompt. 7253B<{> ? List debugger commands to run before each prompt. 7254B<{{> I<db_command> Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt. 7255B<{ *> Delete the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt. 7256B<$prc> I<number> Redo a previous command (default previous command). 7257B<$prc> I<-number> Redo number'th-to-last command. 7258B<$prc> I<pattern> Redo last command that started with I<pattern>. 7259 See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too. 7260B<$psh$psh> I<cmd> Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)" 7261 . ( 7262 $rc eq $sh 7263 ? "" 7264 : " 7265B<$psh> [I<cmd>] Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")." 7266 ) . " 7267 See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too. 7268B<source> I<file> Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest). 7269B<save> I<file> Save current debugger session (actual history) to I<file>. 7270B<rerun> Rerun session to current position. 7271B<rerun> I<n> Rerun session to numbered command. 7272B<rerun> I<-n> Rerun session to number'th-to-last command. 7273B<H> I<-number> Display last number commands (default all). 7274B<H> I<*> Delete complete history. 7275B<p> I<expr> Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package. 7276B<|>I<dbcmd> Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager. 7277B<||>I<dbcmd> Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well. 7278B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>] Define a command alias, or list current aliases. 7279I<command> Execute as a perl statement in current package. 7280B<R> Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state 7281 and command-line options may be lost. 7282 Currently the following settings are preserved: 7283 history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions 7284 and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>. 7285 7286B<o> [I<opt>] ... Set boolean option to true 7287B<o> [I<opt>B<?>] Query options 7288B<o> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ... 7289 Set options. Use quotes if spaces in value. 7290 I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang> chars used to recall command or spawn shell; 7291 I<pager> program for output of \"|cmd\"; 7292 I<tkRunning> run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine); 7293 I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel> level of verbosity; 7294 I<inhibit_exit> Allows stepping off the end of the script. 7295 I<ImmediateStop> Debugger should stop as early as possible. 7296 I<RemotePort> Remote hostname:port for remote debugging 7297 The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands: 7298 I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth> print only first N elements ('' for all); 7299 I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact> change style of array and hash dump; 7300 I<globPrint> whether to print contents of globs; 7301 I<DumpDBFiles> dump arrays holding debugged files; 7302 I<DumpPackages> dump symbol tables of packages; 7303 I<DumpReused> dump contents of \"reused\" addresses; 7304 I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint> change style of string dump; 7305 I<bareStringify> Do not print the overload-stringified value; 7306 Other options include: 7307 I<PrintRet> affects printing of return value after B<r> command, 7308 I<frame> affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit. 7309 I<AutoTrace> affects printing messages on possible breaking points. 7310 I<maxTraceLen> gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace. 7311 I<ornaments> affects screen appearance of the command line. 7312 I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events: 7313 1: on fork() 2: debugger is started inside debugger 7314 4: on startup 7315 During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}. 7316 You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>, 7317 I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use 7318 `B<R>' after you set them). 7319 7320B<q> or B<^D> Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction. 7321B<h> Summary of debugger commands. 7322B<h> [I<db_command>] Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page. 7323B<h h> Long help for debugger commands 7324B<$doccmd> I<manpage> Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the 7325 named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted. 7326 Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer. 7327 7328Type `|h h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read. 7329 7330"; # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}} 7331 7332 # note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful 7333 $summary = <<"END_SUM"; 7334I<List/search source lines:> I<Control script execution:> 7335 B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>] List source code B<T> Stack trace 7336 B<-> or B<.> List previous/current line B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in expr] 7337 B<v> [I<line>] View around line B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subs 7338 B<f> I<filename> View source in file <B<CR>/B<Enter>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> 7339 B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?> Search forw/backw B<r> Return from subroutine 7340 B<M> Show module versions B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>] Continue until position 7341I<Debugger controls:> B<L> List break/watch/actions 7342 B<o> [...] Set debugger options B<t> [I<expr>] Toggle trace [trace expr] 7343 B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint 7344 B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>] Redo a previous command B<B> I<ln|*> Delete a/all breakpoints 7345 B<H> [I<-num>] Display last num commands B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd> Do cmd before line 7346 B<=> [I<a> I<val>] Define/list an alias B<A> I<ln|*> Delete a/all actions 7347 B<h> [I<db_cmd>] Get help on command B<w> I<expr> Add a watch expression 7348 B<h h> Complete help page B<W> I<expr|*> Delete a/all watch exprs 7349 B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd> Send output to pager B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess 7350 B<q> or B<^D> Quit B<R> Attempt a restart 7351I<Data Examination:> B<expr> Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr> 7352 B<x>|B<m> I<expr> Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods. 7353 B<p> I<expr> Print expression (uses script's current package). 7354 B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>] List subroutine names [not] matching pattern 7355 B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]] List Variables in Package. Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern. 7356 B<X> [I<Vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\". B<i> I<class> inheritance tree. 7357 B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>. 7358 B<e> Display thread id B<E> Display all thread ids. 7359For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs. 7360END_SUM 7361 7362 # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching 7363 7364 # and this is really numb... 7365 $pre580_help = " 7366B<T> Stack trace. 7367B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in I<expr>]. 7368B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>]. 7369B<CR>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command. 7370B<r> Return from current subroutine. 7371B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>] Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint 7372 at the specified position. 7373B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr> List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>. 7374B<l> I<min>B<->I<max> List lines I<min> through I<max>. 7375B<l> I<line> List single I<line>. 7376B<l> I<subname> List first window of lines from subroutine. 7377B<l> I<\$var> List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>. 7378B<l> List next window of lines. 7379B<-> List previous window of lines. 7380B<w> [I<line>] List window around I<line>. 7381B<.> Return to the executed line. 7382B<f> I<filename> Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded. 7383 I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular 7384 expression matching the full file name: 7385 B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file. 7386 Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames: 7387 B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval 7388 (in the order of execution). 7389B</>I<pattern>B</> Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional. 7390B<?>I<pattern>B<?> Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional. 7391B<L> List all breakpoints and actions. 7392B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>] List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>. 7393B<t> Toggle trace mode. 7394B<t> I<expr> Trace through execution of I<expr>. 7395B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>] 7396 Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line; 7397 I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'. 7398B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>] 7399 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine. 7400B<b> I<\$var> Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>. 7401B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on `require'ing the given file. 7402B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>] 7403 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after 7404 it is compiled. 7405B<b> B<compile> I<subname> 7406 Stop after the subroutine is compiled. 7407B<d> [I<line>] Delete the breakpoint for I<line>. 7408B<D> Delete all breakpoints. 7409B<a> [I<line>] I<command> 7410 Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed; 7411 I<line> defaults to the current execution line. 7412 Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line 7413 if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary, 7414 execute line. 7415B<a> [I<line>] Delete the action for I<line>. 7416B<A> Delete all actions. 7417B<W> I<expr> Add a global watch-expression. 7418B<W> Delete all watch-expressions. 7419B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]] List some (default all) variables in package (default current). 7420 Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps. 7421B<X> [I<vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\". 7422B<x> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, dumps the result. 7423B<m> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable 7424 on the first element of the result. 7425B<m> I<class> Prints methods callable via the given class. 7426 7427B<<> ? List Perl commands to run before each prompt. 7428B<<> I<expr> Define Perl command to run before each prompt. 7429B<<<> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt. 7430B<>> ? List Perl commands to run after each prompt. 7431B<>> I<expr> Define Perl command to run after each prompt. 7432B<>>B<>> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt. 7433B<{> I<db_command> Define debugger command to run before each prompt. 7434B<{> ? List debugger commands to run before each prompt. 7435B<{{> I<db_command> Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt. 7436B<$prc> I<number> Redo a previous command (default previous command). 7437B<$prc> I<-number> Redo number'th-to-last command. 7438B<$prc> I<pattern> Redo last command that started with I<pattern>. 7439 See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too. 7440B<$psh$psh> I<cmd> Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)" 7441 . ( 7442 $rc eq $sh 7443 ? "" 7444 : " 7445B<$psh> [I<cmd>] Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")." 7446 ) . " 7447 See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too. 7448B<source> I<file> Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest). 7449B<H> I<-number> Display last number commands (default all). 7450B<p> I<expr> Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package. 7451B<|>I<dbcmd> Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager. 7452B<||>I<dbcmd> Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well. 7453B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>] Define a command alias, or list current aliases. 7454I<command> Execute as a perl statement in current package. 7455B<v> Show versions of loaded modules. 7456B<R> Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state 7457 and command-line options may be lost. 7458 Currently the following settings are preserved: 7459 history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions 7460 and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>. 7461 7462B<O> [I<opt>] ... Set boolean option to true 7463B<O> [I<opt>B<?>] Query options 7464B<O> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ... 7465 Set options. Use quotes if spaces in value. 7466 I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang> chars used to recall command or spawn shell; 7467 I<pager> program for output of \"|cmd\"; 7468 I<tkRunning> run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine); 7469 I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel> level of verbosity; 7470 I<inhibit_exit> Allows stepping off the end of the script. 7471 I<ImmediateStop> Debugger should stop as early as possible. 7472 I<RemotePort> Remote hostname:port for remote debugging 7473 The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands: 7474 I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth> print only first N elements ('' for all); 7475 I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact> change style of array and hash dump; 7476 I<globPrint> whether to print contents of globs; 7477 I<DumpDBFiles> dump arrays holding debugged files; 7478 I<DumpPackages> dump symbol tables of packages; 7479 I<DumpReused> dump contents of \"reused\" addresses; 7480 I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint> change style of string dump; 7481 I<bareStringify> Do not print the overload-stringified value; 7482 Other options include: 7483 I<PrintRet> affects printing of return value after B<r> command, 7484 I<frame> affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit. 7485 I<AutoTrace> affects printing messages on possible breaking points. 7486 I<maxTraceLen> gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace. 7487 I<ornaments> affects screen appearance of the command line. 7488 I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events: 7489 1: on fork() 2: debugger is started inside debugger 7490 4: on startup 7491 During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}. 7492 You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>, 7493 I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use 7494 `B<R>' after you set them). 7495 7496B<q> or B<^D> Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction. 7497B<h> [I<db_command>] Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page. 7498B<h h> Summary of debugger commands. 7499B<$doccmd> I<manpage> Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the 7500 named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted. 7501 Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer. 7502 7503Type `|h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read. 7504 7505"; # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}} 7506 7507 # note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful 7508 $pre580_summary = <<"END_SUM"; 7509I<List/search source lines:> I<Control script execution:> 7510 B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>] List source code B<T> Stack trace 7511 B<-> or B<.> List previous/current line B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in expr] 7512 B<w> [I<line>] List around line B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subs 7513 B<f> I<filename> View source in file <B<CR>/B<Enter>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> 7514 B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?> Search forw/backw B<r> Return from subroutine 7515 B<v> Show versions of modules B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>] Continue until position 7516I<Debugger controls:> B<L> List break/watch/actions 7517 B<O> [...] Set debugger options B<t> [I<expr>] Toggle trace [trace expr] 7518 B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint 7519 B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>] Redo a previous command B<d> [I<ln>] or B<D> Delete a/all breakpoints 7520 B<H> [I<-num>] Display last num commands B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd> Do cmd before line 7521 B<=> [I<a> I<val>] Define/list an alias B<W> I<expr> Add a watch expression 7522 B<h> [I<db_cmd>] Get help on command B<A> or B<W> Delete all actions/watch 7523 B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd> Send output to pager B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess 7524 B<q> or B<^D> Quit B<R> Attempt a restart 7525I<Data Examination:> B<expr> Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr> 7526 B<x>|B<m> I<expr> Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods. 7527 B<p> I<expr> Print expression (uses script's current package). 7528 B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>] List subroutine names [not] matching pattern 7529 B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]] List Variables in Package. Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern. 7530 B<X> [I<Vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\". 7531 B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>. 7532For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs. 7533END_SUM 7534 7535 # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching 7536 7537} ## end sub sethelp 7538 7539=head2 C<print_help()> 7540 7541Most of what C<print_help> does is just text formatting. It finds the 7542C<B> and C<I> ornaments, cleans them off, and substitutes the proper 7543terminal control characters to simulate them (courtesy of 7544C<Term::ReadLine::TermCap>). 7545 7546=cut 7547 7548sub print_help { 7549 local $_ = shift; 7550 7551 # Restore proper alignment destroyed by eeevil I<> and B<> 7552 # ornaments: A pox on both their houses! 7553 # 7554 # A help command will have everything up to and including 7555 # the first tab sequence padded into a field 16 (or if indented 20) 7556 # wide. If it's wider than that, an extra space will be added. 7557 s{ 7558 ^ # only matters at start of line 7559 ( \040{4} | \t )* # some subcommands are indented 7560 ( < ? # so <CR> works 7561 [BI] < [^\t\n] + ) # find an eeevil ornament 7562 ( \t+ ) # original separation, discarded 7563 ( .* ) # this will now start (no earlier) than 7564 # column 16 7565 } { 7566 my($leadwhite, $command, $midwhite, $text) = ($1, $2, $3, $4); 7567 my $clean = $command; 7568 $clean =~ s/[BI]<([^>]*)>/$1/g; 7569 7570 # replace with this whole string: 7571 ($leadwhite ? " " x 4 : "") 7572 . $command 7573 . ((" " x (16 + ($leadwhite ? 4 : 0) - length($clean))) || " ") 7574 . $text; 7575 7576 }mgex; 7577 7578 s{ # handle bold ornaments 7579 B < ( [^>] + | > ) > 7580 } { 7581 $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[2] 7582 . $1 7583 . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[3] 7584 }gex; 7585 7586 s{ # handle italic ornaments 7587 I < ( [^>] + | > ) > 7588 } { 7589 $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[0] 7590 . $1 7591 . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[1] 7592 }gex; 7593 7594 local $\ = ''; 7595 print $OUT $_; 7596} ## end sub print_help 7597 7598=head2 C<fix_less> 7599 7600This routine does a lot of gyrations to be sure that the pager is C<less>. 7601It checks for C<less> masquerading as C<more> and records the result in 7602C<$ENV{LESS}> so we don't have to go through doing the stats again. 7603 7604=cut 7605 7606sub fix_less { 7607 7608 # We already know if this is set. 7609 return if defined $ENV{LESS} && $ENV{LESS} =~ /r/; 7610 7611 # Pager is less for sure. 7612 my $is_less = $pager =~ /\bless\b/; 7613 if ( $pager =~ /\bmore\b/ ) { 7614 7615 # Nope, set to more. See what's out there. 7616 my @st_more = stat('/usr/bin/more'); 7617 my @st_less = stat('/usr/bin/less'); 7618 7619 # is it really less, pretending to be more? 7620 $is_less = @st_more 7621 && @st_less 7622 && $st_more[0] == $st_less[0] 7623 && $st_more[1] == $st_less[1]; 7624 } ## end if ($pager =~ /\bmore\b/) 7625 7626 # changes environment! 7627 # 'r' added so we don't do (slow) stats again. 7628 $ENV{LESS} .= 'r' if $is_less; 7629} ## end sub fix_less 7630 7631=head1 DIE AND WARN MANAGEMENT 7632 7633=head2 C<diesignal> 7634 7635C<diesignal> is a just-drop-dead C<die> handler. It's most useful when trying 7636to debug a debugger problem. 7637 7638It does its best to report the error that occurred, and then forces the 7639program, debugger, and everything to die. 7640 7641=cut 7642 7643sub diesignal { 7644 7645 # No entry/exit messages. 7646 local $frame = 0; 7647 7648 # No return value prints. 7649 local $doret = -2; 7650 7651 # set the abort signal handling to the default (just terminate). 7652 $SIG{'ABRT'} = 'DEFAULT'; 7653 7654 # If we enter the signal handler recursively, kill myself with an 7655 # abort signal (so we just terminate). 7656 kill 'ABRT', $$ if $panic++; 7657 7658 # If we can show detailed info, do so. 7659 if ( defined &Carp::longmess ) { 7660 7661 # Don't recursively enter the warn handler, since we're carping. 7662 local $SIG{__WARN__} = ''; 7663 7664 # Skip two levels before reporting traceback: we're skipping 7665 # mydie and confess. 7666 local $Carp::CarpLevel = 2; # mydie + confess 7667 7668 # Tell us all about it. 7669 &warn( Carp::longmess("Signal @_") ); 7670 } 7671 7672 # No Carp. Tell us about the signal as best we can. 7673 else { 7674 local $\ = ''; 7675 print $DB::OUT "Got signal @_\n"; 7676 } 7677 7678 # Drop dead. 7679 kill 'ABRT', $$; 7680} ## end sub diesignal 7681 7682=head2 C<dbwarn> 7683 7684The debugger's own default C<$SIG{__WARN__}> handler. We load C<Carp> to 7685be able to get a stack trace, and output the warning message vi C<DB::dbwarn()>. 7686 7687=cut 7688 7689sub dbwarn { 7690 7691 # No entry/exit trace. 7692 local $frame = 0; 7693 7694 # No return value printing. 7695 local $doret = -2; 7696 7697 # Turn off warn and die handling to prevent recursive entries to this 7698 # routine. 7699 local $SIG{__WARN__} = ''; 7700 local $SIG{__DIE__} = ''; 7701 7702 # Load Carp if we can. If $^S is false (current thing being compiled isn't 7703 # done yet), we may not be able to do a require. 7704 eval { require Carp } 7705 if defined $^S; # If error/warning during compilation, 7706 # require may be broken. 7707 7708 # Use the core warn() unless Carp loaded OK. 7709 CORE::warn( @_, 7710 "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack" ), 7711 return 7712 unless defined &Carp::longmess; 7713 7714 # Save the current values of $single and $trace, and then turn them off. 7715 my ( $mysingle, $mytrace ) = ( $single, $trace ); 7716 $single = 0; 7717 $trace = 0; 7718 7719 # We can call Carp::longmess without its being "debugged" (which we 7720 # don't want - we just want to use it!). Capture this for later. 7721 my $mess = Carp::longmess(@_); 7722 7723 # Restore $single and $trace to their original values. 7724 ( $single, $trace ) = ( $mysingle, $mytrace ); 7725 7726 # Use the debugger's own special way of printing warnings to print 7727 # the stack trace message. 7728 &warn($mess); 7729} ## end sub dbwarn 7730 7731=head2 C<dbdie> 7732 7733The debugger's own C<$SIG{__DIE__}> handler. Handles providing a stack trace 7734by loading C<Carp> and calling C<Carp::longmess()> to get it. We turn off 7735single stepping and tracing during the call to C<Carp::longmess> to avoid 7736debugging it - we just want to use it. 7737 7738If C<dieLevel> is zero, we let the program being debugged handle the 7739exceptions. If it's 1, you get backtraces for any exception. If it's 2, 7740the debugger takes over all exception handling, printing a backtrace and 7741displaying the exception via its C<dbwarn()> routine. 7742 7743=cut 7744 7745sub dbdie { 7746 local $frame = 0; 7747 local $doret = -2; 7748 local $SIG{__DIE__} = ''; 7749 local $SIG{__WARN__} = ''; 7750 my $i = 0; 7751 my $ineval = 0; 7752 my $sub; 7753 if ( $dieLevel > 2 ) { 7754 local $SIG{__WARN__} = \&dbwarn; 7755 &warn(@_); # Yell no matter what 7756 return; 7757 } 7758 if ( $dieLevel < 2 ) { 7759 die @_ if $^S; # in eval propagate 7760 } 7761 7762 # The code used to check $^S to see if compiliation of the current thing 7763 # hadn't finished. We don't do it anymore, figuring eval is pretty stable. 7764 eval { require Carp }; 7765 7766 die( @_, 7767 "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack" ) 7768 unless defined &Carp::longmess; 7769 7770 # We do not want to debug this chunk (automatic disabling works 7771 # inside DB::DB, but not in Carp). Save $single and $trace, turn them off, 7772 # get the stack trace from Carp::longmess (if possible), restore $signal 7773 # and $trace, and then die with the stack trace. 7774 my ( $mysingle, $mytrace ) = ( $single, $trace ); 7775 $single = 0; 7776 $trace = 0; 7777 my $mess = "@_"; 7778 { 7779 7780 package Carp; # Do not include us in the list 7781 eval { $mess = Carp::longmess(@_); }; 7782 } 7783 ( $single, $trace ) = ( $mysingle, $mytrace ); 7784 die $mess; 7785} ## end sub dbdie 7786 7787=head2 C<warnlevel()> 7788 7789Set the C<$DB::warnLevel> variable that stores the value of the 7790C<warnLevel> option. Calling C<warnLevel()> with a positive value 7791results in the debugger taking over all warning handlers. Setting 7792C<warnLevel> to zero leaves any warning handlers set up by the program 7793being debugged in place. 7794 7795=cut 7796 7797sub warnLevel { 7798 if (@_) { 7799 $prevwarn = $SIG{__WARN__} unless $warnLevel; 7800 $warnLevel = shift; 7801 if ($warnLevel) { 7802 $SIG{__WARN__} = \&DB::dbwarn; 7803 } 7804 elsif ($prevwarn) { 7805 $SIG{__WARN__} = $prevwarn; 7806 } else { 7807 undef $SIG{__WARN__}; 7808 } 7809 } ## end if (@_) 7810 $warnLevel; 7811} ## end sub warnLevel 7812 7813=head2 C<dielevel> 7814 7815Similar to C<warnLevel>. Non-zero values for C<dieLevel> result in the 7816C<DB::dbdie()> function overriding any other C<die()> handler. Setting it to 7817zero lets you use your own C<die()> handler. 7818 7819=cut 7820 7821sub dieLevel { 7822 local $\ = ''; 7823 if (@_) { 7824 $prevdie = $SIG{__DIE__} unless $dieLevel; 7825 $dieLevel = shift; 7826 if ($dieLevel) { 7827 7828 # Always set it to dbdie() for non-zero values. 7829 $SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::dbdie; # if $dieLevel < 2; 7830 7831 # No longer exists, so don't try to use it. 7832 #$SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::diehard if $dieLevel >= 2; 7833 7834 # If we've finished initialization, mention that stack dumps 7835 # are enabled, If dieLevel is 1, we won't stack dump if we die 7836 # in an eval(). 7837 print $OUT "Stack dump during die enabled", 7838 ( $dieLevel == 1 ? " outside of evals" : "" ), ".\n" 7839 if $I_m_init; 7840 7841 # XXX This is probably obsolete, given that diehard() is gone. 7842 print $OUT "Dump printed too.\n" if $dieLevel > 2; 7843 } ## end if ($dieLevel) 7844 7845 # Put the old one back if there was one. 7846 elsif ($prevdie) { 7847 $SIG{__DIE__} = $prevdie; 7848 print $OUT "Default die handler restored.\n"; 7849 } else { 7850 undef $SIG{__DIE__}; 7851 print $OUT "Die handler removed.\n"; 7852 } 7853 } ## end if (@_) 7854 $dieLevel; 7855} ## end sub dieLevel 7856 7857=head2 C<signalLevel> 7858 7859Number three in a series: set C<signalLevel> to zero to keep your own 7860signal handler for C<SIGSEGV> and/or C<SIGBUS>. Otherwise, the debugger 7861takes over and handles them with C<DB::diesignal()>. 7862 7863=cut 7864 7865sub signalLevel { 7866 if (@_) { 7867 $prevsegv = $SIG{SEGV} unless $signalLevel; 7868 $prevbus = $SIG{BUS} unless $signalLevel; 7869 $signalLevel = shift; 7870 if ($signalLevel) { 7871 $SIG{SEGV} = \&DB::diesignal; 7872 $SIG{BUS} = \&DB::diesignal; 7873 } 7874 else { 7875 $SIG{SEGV} = $prevsegv; 7876 $SIG{BUS} = $prevbus; 7877 } 7878 } ## end if (@_) 7879 $signalLevel; 7880} ## end sub signalLevel 7881 7882=head1 SUBROUTINE DECODING SUPPORT 7883 7884These subroutines are used during the C<x> and C<X> commands to try to 7885produce as much information as possible about a code reference. They use 7886L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob in which this code reference lives 7887(if it does) - this allows us to actually code references which correspond 7888to named subroutines (including those aliased via glob assignment). 7889 7890=head2 C<CvGV_name()> 7891 7892Wrapper for C<CvGV_name_or_bust>; tries to get the name of a reference 7893via that routine. If this fails, return the reference again (when the 7894reference is stringified, it'll come out as C<SOMETHING(0x...)>). 7895 7896=cut 7897 7898sub CvGV_name { 7899 my $in = shift; 7900 my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($in); 7901 defined $name ? $name : $in; 7902} 7903 7904=head2 C<CvGV_name_or_bust> I<coderef> 7905 7906Calls L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob the ref lives in; returns 7907C<undef> if L<Devel::Peek> can't be loaded, or if C<Devel::Peek::CvGV> can't 7908find a glob for this ref. 7909 7910Returns C<< I<package>::I<glob name> >> if the code ref is found in a glob. 7911 7912=cut 7913 7914sub CvGV_name_or_bust { 7915 my $in = shift; 7916 return if $skipCvGV; # Backdoor to avoid problems if XS broken... 7917 return unless ref $in; 7918 $in = \&$in; # Hard reference... 7919 eval { require Devel::Peek; 1 } or return; 7920 my $gv = Devel::Peek::CvGV($in) or return; 7921 *$gv{PACKAGE} . '::' . *$gv{NAME}; 7922} ## end sub CvGV_name_or_bust 7923 7924=head2 C<find_sub> 7925 7926A utility routine used in various places; finds the file where a subroutine 7927was defined, and returns that filename and a line-number range. 7928 7929Tries to use C<@sub> first; if it can't find it there, it tries building a 7930reference to the subroutine and uses C<CvGV_name_or_bust> to locate it, 7931loading it into C<@sub> as a side effect (XXX I think). If it can't find it 7932this way, it brute-force searches C<%sub>, checking for identical references. 7933 7934=cut 7935 7936sub find_sub { 7937 my $subr = shift; 7938 $sub{$subr} or do { 7939 return unless defined &$subr; 7940 my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($subr); 7941 my $data; 7942 $data = $sub{$name} if defined $name; 7943 return $data if defined $data; 7944 7945 # Old stupid way... 7946 $subr = \&$subr; # Hard reference 7947 my $s; 7948 for ( keys %sub ) { 7949 $s = $_, last if $subr eq \&$_; 7950 } 7951 $sub{$s} if $s; 7952 } ## end do 7953} ## end sub find_sub 7954 7955=head2 C<methods> 7956 7957A subroutine that uses the utility function C<methods_via> to find all the 7958methods in the class corresponding to the current reference and in 7959C<UNIVERSAL>. 7960 7961=cut 7962 7963sub methods { 7964 7965 # Figure out the class - either this is the class or it's a reference 7966 # to something blessed into that class. 7967 my $class = shift; 7968 $class = ref $class if ref $class; 7969 7970 local %seen; 7971 7972 # Show the methods that this class has. 7973 methods_via( $class, '', 1 ); 7974 7975 # Show the methods that UNIVERSAL has. 7976 methods_via( 'UNIVERSAL', 'UNIVERSAL', 0 ); 7977} ## end sub methods 7978 7979=head2 C<methods_via($class, $prefix, $crawl_upward)> 7980 7981C<methods_via> does the work of crawling up the C<@ISA> tree and reporting 7982all the parent class methods. C<$class> is the name of the next class to 7983try; C<$prefix> is the message prefix, which gets built up as we go up the 7984C<@ISA> tree to show parentage; C<$crawl_upward> is 1 if we should try to go 7985higher in the C<@ISA> tree, 0 if we should stop. 7986 7987=cut 7988 7989sub methods_via { 7990 7991 # If we've processed this class already, just quit. 7992 my $class = shift; 7993 return if $seen{$class}++; 7994 7995 # This is a package that is contributing the methods we're about to print. 7996 my $prefix = shift; 7997 my $prepend = $prefix ? "via $prefix: " : ''; 7998 my @to_print; 7999 8000 # Extract from all the symbols in this class. 8001 while (my ($name, $glob) = each %{"${class}::"}) { 8002 # references directly in the symbol table are Proxy Constant 8003 # Subroutines, and are by their very nature defined 8004 # Otherwise, check if the thing is a typeglob, and if it is, it decays 8005 # to a subroutine reference, which can be tested by defined. 8006 # $glob might also be the value -1 (from sub foo;) 8007 # or (say) '$$' (from sub foo ($$);) 8008 # \$glob will be SCALAR in both cases. 8009 if ((ref $glob || ($glob && ref \$glob eq 'GLOB' && defined &$glob)) 8010 && !$seen{$name}++) { 8011 push @to_print, "$prepend$name\n"; 8012 } 8013 } 8014 8015 { 8016 local $\ = ''; 8017 local $, = ''; 8018 print $DB::OUT $_ foreach sort @to_print; 8019 } 8020 8021 # If the $crawl_upward argument is false, just quit here. 8022 return unless shift; 8023 8024 # $crawl_upward true: keep going up the tree. 8025 # Find all the classes this one is a subclass of. 8026 for $name ( @{"${class}::ISA"} ) { 8027 8028 # Set up the new prefix. 8029 $prepend = $prefix ? $prefix . " -> $name" : $name; 8030 8031 # Crawl up the tree and keep trying to crawl up. 8032 methods_via( $name, $prepend, 1 ); 8033 } 8034} ## end sub methods_via 8035 8036=head2 C<setman> - figure out which command to use to show documentation 8037 8038Just checks the contents of C<$^O> and sets the C<$doccmd> global accordingly. 8039 8040=cut 8041 8042sub setman { 8043 $doccmd = $^O !~ /^(?:MSWin32|VMS|os2|dos|amigaos|riscos|MacOS|NetWare)\z/s 8044 ? "man" # O Happy Day! 8045 : "perldoc"; # Alas, poor unfortunates 8046} ## end sub setman 8047 8048=head2 C<runman> - run the appropriate command to show documentation 8049 8050Accepts a man page name; runs the appropriate command to display it (set up 8051during debugger initialization). Uses C<DB::system> to avoid mucking up the 8052program's STDIN and STDOUT. 8053 8054=cut 8055 8056sub runman { 8057 my $page = shift; 8058 unless ($page) { 8059 &system("$doccmd $doccmd"); 8060 return; 8061 } 8062 8063 # this way user can override, like with $doccmd="man -Mwhatever" 8064 # or even just "man " to disable the path check. 8065 unless ( $doccmd eq 'man' ) { 8066 &system("$doccmd $page"); 8067 return; 8068 } 8069 8070 $page = 'perl' if lc($page) eq 'help'; 8071 8072 require Config; 8073 my $man1dir = $Config::Config{'man1dir'}; 8074 my $man3dir = $Config::Config{'man3dir'}; 8075 for ( $man1dir, $man3dir ) { s#/[^/]*\z## if /\S/ } 8076 my $manpath = ''; 8077 $manpath .= "$man1dir:" if $man1dir =~ /\S/; 8078 $manpath .= "$man3dir:" if $man3dir =~ /\S/ && $man1dir ne $man3dir; 8079 chop $manpath if $manpath; 8080 8081 # harmless if missing, I figure 8082 my $oldpath = $ENV{MANPATH}; 8083 $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath if $manpath; 8084 my $nopathopt = $^O =~ /dunno what goes here/; 8085 if ( 8086 CORE::system( 8087 $doccmd, 8088 8089 # I just *know* there are men without -M 8090 ( ( $manpath && !$nopathopt ) ? ( "-M", $manpath ) : () ), 8091 split ' ', $page 8092 ) 8093 ) 8094 { 8095 unless ( $page =~ /^perl\w/ ) { 8096# do it this way because its easier to slurp in to keep up to date - clunky though. 8097my @pods = qw( 8098 5004delta 8099 5005delta 8100 561delta 8101 56delta 8102 570delta 8103 571delta 8104 572delta 8105 573delta 8106 58delta 8107 581delta 8108 582delta 8109 583delta 8110 584delta 8111 590delta 8112 591delta 8113 592delta 8114 aix 8115 amiga 8116 apio 8117 api 8118 apollo 8119 artistic 8120 beos 8121 book 8122 boot 8123 bot 8124 bs2000 8125 call 8126 ce 8127 cheat 8128 clib 8129 cn 8130 compile 8131 cygwin 8132 data 8133 dbmfilter 8134 debguts 8135 debtut 8136 debug 8137 delta 8138 dgux 8139 diag 8140 doc 8141 dos 8142 dsc 8143 ebcdic 8144 embed 8145 epoc 8146 faq1 8147 faq2 8148 faq3 8149 faq4 8150 faq5 8151 faq6 8152 faq7 8153 faq8 8154 faq9 8155 faq 8156 filter 8157 fork 8158 form 8159 freebsd 8160 func 8161 gpl 8162 guts 8163 hack 8164 hist 8165 hpux 8166 hurd 8167 intern 8168 intro 8169 iol 8170 ipc 8171 irix 8172 jp 8173 ko 8174 lexwarn 8175 locale 8176 lol 8177 macos 8178 macosx 8179 modinstall 8180 modlib 8181 mod 8182 modstyle 8183 mpeix 8184 netware 8185 newmod 8186 number 8187 obj 8188 opentut 8189 op 8190 os2 8191 os390 8192 os400 8193 packtut 8194 plan9 8195 pod 8196 podspec 8197 port 8198 qnx 8199 ref 8200 reftut 8201 re 8202 requick 8203 reref 8204 retut 8205 run 8206 sec 8207 solaris 8208 style 8209 sub 8210 syn 8211 thrtut 8212 tie 8213 toc 8214 todo 8215 tooc 8216 toot 8217 trap 8218 tru64 8219 tw 8220 unicode 8221 uniintro 8222 util 8223 uts 8224 var 8225 vmesa 8226 vms 8227 vos 8228 win32 8229 xs 8230 xstut 8231); 8232 if (grep { $page eq $_ } @pods) { 8233 $page =~ s/^/perl/; 8234 CORE::system( $doccmd, 8235 ( ( $manpath && !$nopathopt ) ? ( "-M", $manpath ) : () ), 8236 $page ); 8237 } ## end if (grep { $page eq $_... 8238 } ## end unless ($page =~ /^perl\w/) 8239 } ## end if (CORE::system($doccmd... 8240 if ( defined $oldpath ) { 8241 $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath; 8242 } 8243 else { 8244 delete $ENV{MANPATH}; 8245 } 8246} ## end sub runman 8247 8248#use Carp; # This did break, left for debugging 8249 8250=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION - THE SECOND BEGIN BLOCK 8251 8252Because of the way the debugger interface to the Perl core is designed, any 8253debugger package globals that C<DB::sub()> requires have to be defined before 8254any subroutines can be called. These are defined in the second C<BEGIN> block. 8255 8256This block sets things up so that (basically) the world is sane 8257before the debugger starts executing. We set up various variables that the 8258debugger has to have set up before the Perl core starts running: 8259 8260=over 4 8261 8262=item * 8263 8264The debugger's own filehandles (copies of STD and STDOUT for now). 8265 8266=item * 8267 8268Characters for shell escapes, the recall command, and the history command. 8269 8270=item * 8271 8272The maximum recursion depth. 8273 8274=item * 8275 8276The size of a C<w> command's window. 8277 8278=item * 8279 8280The before-this-line context to be printed in a C<v> (view a window around this line) command. 8281 8282=item * 8283 8284The fact that we're not in a sub at all right now. 8285 8286=item * 8287 8288The default SIGINT handler for the debugger. 8289 8290=item * 8291 8292The appropriate value of the flag in C<$^D> that says the debugger is running 8293 8294=item * 8295 8296The current debugger recursion level 8297 8298=item * 8299 8300The list of postponed items and the C<$single> stack (XXX define this) 8301 8302=item * 8303 8304That we want no return values and no subroutine entry/exit trace. 8305 8306=back 8307 8308=cut 8309 8310# The following BEGIN is very handy if debugger goes havoc, debugging debugger? 8311 8312BEGIN { # This does not compile, alas. (XXX eh?) 8313 $IN = \*STDIN; # For bugs before DB::OUT has been opened 8314 $OUT = \*STDERR; # For errors before DB::OUT has been opened 8315 8316 # Define characters used by command parsing. 8317 $sh = '!'; # Shell escape (does not work) 8318 $rc = ','; # Recall command (does not work) 8319 @hist = ('?'); # Show history (does not work) 8320 @truehist = (); # Can be saved for replay (per session) 8321 8322 # This defines the point at which you get the 'deep recursion' 8323 # warning. It MUST be defined or the debugger will not load. 8324 $deep = 100; 8325 8326 # Number of lines around the current one that are shown in the 8327 # 'w' command. 8328 $window = 10; 8329 8330 # How much before-the-current-line context the 'v' command should 8331 # use in calculating the start of the window it will display. 8332 $preview = 3; 8333 8334 # We're not in any sub yet, but we need this to be a defined value. 8335 $sub = ''; 8336 8337 # Set up the debugger's interrupt handler. It simply sets a flag 8338 # ($signal) that DB::DB() will check before each command is executed. 8339 $SIG{INT} = \&DB::catch; 8340 8341 # The following lines supposedly, if uncommented, allow the debugger to 8342 # debug itself. Perhaps we can try that someday. 8343 # This may be enabled to debug debugger: 8344 #$warnLevel = 1 unless defined $warnLevel; 8345 #$dieLevel = 1 unless defined $dieLevel; 8346 #$signalLevel = 1 unless defined $signalLevel; 8347 8348 # This is the flag that says "a debugger is running, please call 8349 # DB::DB and DB::sub". We will turn it on forcibly before we try to 8350 # execute anything in the user's context, because we always want to 8351 # get control back. 8352 $db_stop = 0; # Compiler warning ... 8353 $db_stop = 1 << 30; # ... because this is only used in an eval() later. 8354 8355 # This variable records how many levels we're nested in debugging. Used 8356 # Used in the debugger prompt, and in determining whether it's all over or 8357 # not. 8358 $level = 0; # Level of recursive debugging 8359 8360 # "Triggers bug (?) in perl if we postpone this until runtime." 8361 # XXX No details on this yet, or whether we should fix the bug instead 8362 # of work around it. Stay tuned. 8363 @postponed = @stack = (0); 8364 8365 # Used to track the current stack depth using the auto-stacked-variable 8366 # trick. 8367 $stack_depth = 0; # Localized repeatedly; simple way to track $#stack 8368 8369 # Don't print return values on exiting a subroutine. 8370 $doret = -2; 8371 8372 # No extry/exit tracing. 8373 $frame = 0; 8374 8375} ## end BEGIN 8376 8377BEGIN { $^W = $ini_warn; } # Switch warnings back 8378 8379=head1 READLINE SUPPORT - COMPLETION FUNCTION 8380 8381=head2 db_complete 8382 8383C<readline> support - adds command completion to basic C<readline>. 8384 8385Returns a list of possible completions to C<readline> when invoked. C<readline> 8386will print the longest common substring following the text already entered. 8387 8388If there is only a single possible completion, C<readline> will use it in full. 8389 8390This code uses C<map> and C<grep> heavily to create lists of possible 8391completion. Think LISP in this section. 8392 8393=cut 8394 8395sub db_complete { 8396 8397 # Specific code for b c l V m f O, &blah, $blah, @blah, %blah 8398 # $text is the text to be completed. 8399 # $line is the incoming line typed by the user. 8400 # $start is the start of the text to be completed in the incoming line. 8401 my ( $text, $line, $start ) = @_; 8402 8403 # Save the initial text. 8404 # The search pattern is current package, ::, extract the next qualifier 8405 # Prefix and pack are set to undef. 8406 my ( $itext, $search, $prefix, $pack ) = 8407 ( $text, "^\Q${'package'}::\E([^:]+)\$" ); 8408 8409=head3 C<b postpone|compile> 8410 8411=over 4 8412 8413=item * 8414 8415Find all the subroutines that might match in this package 8416 8417=item * 8418 8419Add C<postpone>, C<load>, and C<compile> as possibles (we may be completing the keyword itself) 8420 8421=item * 8422 8423Include all the rest of the subs that are known 8424 8425=item * 8426 8427C<grep> out the ones that match the text we have so far 8428 8429=item * 8430 8431Return this as the list of possible completions 8432 8433=back 8434 8435=cut 8436 8437 return sort grep /^\Q$text/, ( keys %sub ), 8438 qw(postpone load compile), # subroutines 8439 ( map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () } keys %sub ) 8440 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[blc]\s+((postpone|compile)\s+)?$/; 8441 8442=head3 C<b load> 8443 8444Get all the possible files from C<@INC> as it currently stands and 8445select the ones that match the text so far. 8446 8447=cut 8448 8449 return sort grep /^\Q$text/, values %INC # files 8450 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*b\s+load\s+$/; 8451 8452=head3 C<V> (list variable) and C<m> (list modules) 8453 8454There are two entry points for these commands: 8455 8456=head4 Unqualified package names 8457 8458Get the top-level packages and grab everything that matches the text 8459so far. For each match, recursively complete the partial packages to 8460get all possible matching packages. Return this sorted list. 8461 8462=cut 8463 8464 return sort map { ( $_, db_complete( $_ . "::", "V ", 2 ) ) } 8465 grep /^\Q$text/, map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ($1) : () } keys %:: # top-packages 8466 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/ and $text =~ /^\w*$/; 8467 8468=head4 Qualified package names 8469 8470Take a partially-qualified package and find all subpackages for it 8471by getting all the subpackages for the package so far, matching all 8472the subpackages against the text, and discarding all of them which 8473start with 'main::'. Return this list. 8474 8475=cut 8476 8477 return sort map { ( $_, db_complete( $_ . "::", "V ", 2 ) ) } 8478 grep !/^main::/, grep /^\Q$text/, 8479 map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ( $prefix . "::$1" ) : () } keys %{ $prefix . '::' } 8480 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/ 8481 and $text =~ /^(.*[^:])::?(\w*)$/ 8482 and $prefix = $1; 8483 8484=head3 C<f> - switch files 8485 8486Here, we want to get a fully-qualified filename for the C<f> command. 8487Possibilities are: 8488 8489=over 4 8490 8491=item 1. The original source file itself 8492 8493=item 2. A file from C<@INC> 8494 8495=item 3. An C<eval> (the debugger gets a C<(eval N)> fake file for each C<eval>). 8496 8497=back 8498 8499=cut 8500 8501 if ( $line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/ ) { # Loaded files 8502 # We might possibly want to switch to an eval (which has a "filename" 8503 # like '(eval 9)'), so we may need to clean up the completion text 8504 # before proceeding. 8505 $prefix = length($1) - length($text); 8506 $text = $1; 8507 8508=pod 8509 8510Under the debugger, source files are represented as C<_E<lt>/fullpath/to/file> 8511(C<eval>s are C<_E<lt>(eval NNN)>) keys in C<%main::>. We pull all of these 8512out of C<%main::>, add the initial source file, and extract the ones that 8513match the completion text so far. 8514 8515=cut 8516 8517 return sort 8518 map { substr $_, 2 + $prefix } grep /^_<\Q$text/, ( keys %main:: ), 8519 $0; 8520 } ## end if ($line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/) 8521 8522=head3 Subroutine name completion 8523 8524We look through all of the defined subs (the keys of C<%sub>) and 8525return both all the possible matches to the subroutine name plus 8526all the matches qualified to the current package. 8527 8528=cut 8529 8530 if ( ( substr $text, 0, 1 ) eq '&' ) { # subroutines 8531 $text = substr $text, 1; 8532 $prefix = "&"; 8533 return sort map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, ( keys %sub ), 8534 ( 8535 map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () } 8536 keys %sub 8537 ); 8538 } ## end if ((substr $text, 0, ... 8539 8540=head3 Scalar, array, and hash completion: partially qualified package 8541 8542Much like the above, except we have to do a little more cleanup: 8543 8544=cut 8545 8546 if ( $text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/ ) { # symbols in a package 8547 8548=pod 8549 8550=over 4 8551 8552=item * 8553 8554Determine the package that the symbol is in. Put it in C<::> (effectively C<main::>) if no package is specified. 8555 8556=cut 8557 8558 $pack = ( $1 eq 'main' ? '' : $1 ) . '::'; 8559 8560=pod 8561 8562=item * 8563 8564Figure out the prefix vs. what needs completing. 8565 8566=cut 8567 8568 $prefix = ( substr $text, 0, 1 ) . $1 . '::'; 8569 $text = $2; 8570 8571=pod 8572 8573=item * 8574 8575Look through all the symbols in the package. C<grep> out all the possible hashes/arrays/scalars, and then C<grep> the possible matches out of those. C<map> the prefix onto all the possibilities. 8576 8577=cut 8578 8579 my @out = map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/, 8580 keys %$pack; 8581 8582=pod 8583 8584=item * 8585 8586If there's only one hit, and it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, re-complete it using the symbol we actually found. 8587 8588=cut 8589 8590 if ( @out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext ) { 8591 return db_complete( $out[0], $line, $start ); 8592 } 8593 8594 # Return the list of possibles. 8595 return sort @out; 8596 8597 } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/) 8598 8599=pod 8600 8601=back 8602 8603=head3 Symbol completion: current package or package C<main>. 8604 8605=cut 8606 8607 if ( $text =~ /^[\$@%]/ ) { # symbols (in $package + packages in main) 8608=pod 8609 8610=over 4 8611 8612=item * 8613 8614If it's C<main>, delete main to just get C<::> leading. 8615 8616=cut 8617 8618 $pack = ( $package eq 'main' ? '' : $package ) . '::'; 8619 8620=pod 8621 8622=item * 8623 8624We set the prefix to the item's sigil, and trim off the sigil to get the text to be completed. 8625 8626=cut 8627 8628 $prefix = substr $text, 0, 1; 8629 $text = substr $text, 1; 8630 8631 my @out; 8632 8633=pod 8634 8635=item * 8636 8637We look for the lexical scope above DB::DB and auto-complete lexical variables 8638if PadWalker could be loaded. 8639 8640=cut 8641 8642 if (not $text =~ /::/ and eval "require PadWalker; 1" and not $@ ) { 8643 my $level = 1; 8644 while (1) { 8645 my @info = caller($level); 8646 $level++; 8647 $level = -1, last 8648 if not @info; 8649 last if $info[3] eq 'DB::DB'; 8650 } 8651 if ($level > 0) { 8652 my $lexicals = PadWalker::peek_my($level); 8653 push @out, grep /^\Q$prefix$text/, keys %$lexicals; 8654 } 8655 } 8656 8657=pod 8658 8659=item * 8660 8661If the package is C<::> (C<main>), create an empty list; if it's something else, create a list of all the packages known. Append whichever list to a list of all the possible symbols in the current package. C<grep> out the matches to the text entered so far, then C<map> the prefix back onto the symbols. 8662 8663=cut 8664 8665 push @out, map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, 8666 ( grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/, keys %$pack ), 8667 ( $pack eq '::' ? () : ( grep /::$/, keys %:: ) ); 8668 8669=item * 8670 8671If there's only one hit, it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, recomplete using this symbol. 8672 8673=back 8674 8675=cut 8676 8677 if ( @out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext ) { 8678 return db_complete( $out[0], $line, $start ); 8679 } 8680 8681 # Return the list of possibles. 8682 return sort @out; 8683 } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%]/) 8684 8685=head3 Options 8686 8687We use C<option_val()> to look up the current value of the option. If there's 8688only a single value, we complete the command in such a way that it is a 8689complete command for setting the option in question. If there are multiple 8690possible values, we generate a command consisting of the option plus a trailing 8691question mark, which, if executed, will list the current value of the option. 8692 8693=cut 8694 8695 if ( ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[oO]\b.*\s$/ ) 8696 { # Options after space 8697 # We look for the text to be matched in the list of possible options, 8698 # and fetch the current value. 8699 my @out = grep /^\Q$text/, @options; 8700 my $val = option_val( $out[0], undef ); 8701 8702 # Set up a 'query option's value' command. 8703 my $out = '? '; 8704 if ( not defined $val or $val =~ /[\n\r]/ ) { 8705 8706 # There's really nothing else we can do. 8707 } 8708 8709 # We have a value. Create a proper option-setting command. 8710 elsif ( $val =~ /\s/ ) { 8711 8712 # XXX This may be an extraneous variable. 8713 my $found; 8714 8715 # We'll want to quote the string (because of the embedded 8716 # whtespace), but we want to make sure we don't end up with 8717 # mismatched quote characters. We try several possibilities. 8718 foreach $l ( split //, qq/\"\'\#\|/ ) { 8719 8720 # If we didn't find this quote character in the value, 8721 # quote it using this quote character. 8722 $out = "$l$val$l ", last if ( index $val, $l ) == -1; 8723 } 8724 } ## end elsif ($val =~ /\s/) 8725 8726 # Don't need any quotes. 8727 else { 8728 $out = "=$val "; 8729 } 8730 8731 # If there were multiple possible values, return '? ', which 8732 # makes the command into a query command. If there was just one, 8733 # have readline append that. 8734 $rl_attribs->{completer_terminator_character} = 8735 ( @out == 1 ? $out : '? ' ); 8736 8737 # Return list of possibilities. 8738 return sort @out; 8739 } ## end if ((substr $line, 0, ... 8740 8741=head3 Filename completion 8742 8743For entering filenames. We simply call C<readline>'s C<filename_list()> 8744method with the completion text to get the possible completions. 8745 8746=cut 8747 8748 return $term->filename_list($text); # filenames 8749 8750} ## end sub db_complete 8751 8752=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORT FUNCTIONS 8753 8754Functions that possibly ought to be somewhere else. 8755 8756=head2 end_report 8757 8758Say we're done. 8759 8760=cut 8761 8762sub end_report { 8763 local $\ = ''; 8764 print $OUT "Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart. `h q' for details.\n"; 8765} 8766 8767=head2 clean_ENV 8768 8769If we have $ini_pids, save it in the environment; else remove it from the 8770environment. Used by the C<R> (restart) command. 8771 8772=cut 8773 8774sub clean_ENV { 8775 if ( defined($ini_pids) ) { 8776 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids; 8777 } 8778 else { 8779 delete( $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} ); 8780 } 8781} ## end sub clean_ENV 8782 8783# PERLDBf_... flag names from perl.h 8784our ( %DollarCaretP_flags, %DollarCaretP_flags_r ); 8785 8786BEGIN { 8787 %DollarCaretP_flags = ( 8788 PERLDBf_SUB => 0x01, # Debug sub enter/exit 8789 PERLDBf_LINE => 0x02, # Keep line # 8790 PERLDBf_NOOPT => 0x04, # Switch off optimizations 8791 PERLDBf_INTER => 0x08, # Preserve more data 8792 PERLDBf_SUBLINE => 0x10, # Keep subr source lines 8793 PERLDBf_SINGLE => 0x20, # Start with single-step on 8794 PERLDBf_NONAME => 0x40, # For _SUB: no name of the subr 8795 PERLDBf_GOTO => 0x80, # Report goto: call DB::goto 8796 PERLDBf_NAMEEVAL => 0x100, # Informative names for evals 8797 PERLDBf_NAMEANON => 0x200, # Informative names for anon subs 8798 PERLDBf_SAVESRC => 0x400, # Save source lines into @{"_<$filename"} 8799 PERLDB_ALL => 0x33f, # No _NONAME, _GOTO 8800 ); 8801 # PERLDBf_LINE also enables the actions of PERLDBf_SAVESRC, so the debugger 8802 # doesn't need to set it. It's provided for the benefit of profilers and 8803 # other code analysers. 8804 8805 %DollarCaretP_flags_r = reverse %DollarCaretP_flags; 8806} 8807 8808sub parse_DollarCaretP_flags { 8809 my $flags = shift; 8810 $flags =~ s/^\s+//; 8811 $flags =~ s/\s+$//; 8812 my $acu = 0; 8813 foreach my $f ( split /\s*\|\s*/, $flags ) { 8814 my $value; 8815 if ( $f =~ /^0x([[:xdigit:]]+)$/ ) { 8816 $value = hex $1; 8817 } 8818 elsif ( $f =~ /^(\d+)$/ ) { 8819 $value = int $1; 8820 } 8821 elsif ( $f =~ /^DEFAULT$/i ) { 8822 $value = $DollarCaretP_flags{PERLDB_ALL}; 8823 } 8824 else { 8825 $f =~ /^(?:PERLDBf_)?(.*)$/i; 8826 $value = $DollarCaretP_flags{ 'PERLDBf_' . uc($1) }; 8827 unless ( defined $value ) { 8828 print $OUT ( 8829 "Unrecognized \$^P flag '$f'!\n", 8830 "Acceptable flags are: " 8831 . join( ', ', sort keys %DollarCaretP_flags ), 8832 ", and hexadecimal and decimal numbers.\n" 8833 ); 8834 return undef; 8835 } 8836 } 8837 $acu |= $value; 8838 } 8839 $acu; 8840} 8841 8842sub expand_DollarCaretP_flags { 8843 my $DollarCaretP = shift; 8844 my @bits = ( 8845 map { 8846 my $n = ( 1 << $_ ); 8847 ( $DollarCaretP & $n ) 8848 ? ( $DollarCaretP_flags_r{$n} 8849 || sprintf( '0x%x', $n ) ) 8850 : () 8851 } 0 .. 31 8852 ); 8853 return @bits ? join( '|', @bits ) : 0; 8854} 8855 8856=over 4 8857 8858=item rerun 8859 8860Rerun the current session to: 8861 8862 rerun current position 8863 8864 rerun 4 command number 4 8865 8866 rerun -4 current command minus 4 (go back 4 steps) 8867 8868Whether this always makes sense, in the current context is unknowable, and is 8869in part left as a useful exersize for the reader. This sub returns the 8870appropriate arguments to rerun the current session. 8871 8872=cut 8873 8874sub rerun { 8875 my $i = shift; 8876 my @args; 8877 pop(@truehist); # strim 8878 unless (defined $truehist[$i]) { 8879 print "Unable to return to non-existent command: $i\n"; 8880 } else { 8881 $#truehist = ($i < 0 ? $#truehist + $i : $i > 0 ? $i : $#truehist); 8882 my @temp = @truehist; # store 8883 push(@DB::typeahead, @truehist); # saved 8884 @truehist = @hist = (); # flush 8885 @args = &restart(); # setup 8886 &get_list("PERLDB_HIST"); # clean 8887 &set_list("PERLDB_HIST", @temp); # reset 8888 } 8889 return @args; 8890} 8891 8892=item restart 8893 8894Restarting the debugger is a complex operation that occurs in several phases. 8895First, we try to reconstruct the command line that was used to invoke Perl 8896and the debugger. 8897 8898=cut 8899 8900sub restart { 8901 # I may not be able to resurrect you, but here goes ... 8902 print $OUT 8903"Warning: some settings and command-line options may be lost!\n"; 8904 my ( @script, @flags, $cl ); 8905 8906 # If warn was on before, turn it on again. 8907 push @flags, '-w' if $ini_warn; 8908 8909 # Rebuild the -I flags that were on the initial 8910 # command line. 8911 for (@ini_INC) { 8912 push @flags, '-I', $_; 8913 } 8914 8915 # Turn on taint if it was on before. 8916 push @flags, '-T' if ${^TAINT}; 8917 8918 # Arrange for setting the old INC: 8919 # Save the current @init_INC in the environment. 8920 set_list( "PERLDB_INC", @ini_INC ); 8921 8922 # If this was a perl one-liner, go to the "file" 8923 # corresponding to the one-liner read all the lines 8924 # out of it (except for the first one, which is going 8925 # to be added back on again when 'perl -d' runs: that's 8926 # the 'require perl5db.pl;' line), and add them back on 8927 # to the command line to be executed. 8928 if ( $0 eq '-e' ) { 8929 for ( 1 .. $#{'::_<-e'} ) { # The first line is PERL5DB 8930 chomp( $cl = ${'::_<-e'}[$_] ); 8931 push @script, '-e', $cl; 8932 } 8933 } ## end if ($0 eq '-e') 8934 8935 # Otherwise we just reuse the original name we had 8936 # before. 8937 else { 8938 @script = $0; 8939 } 8940 8941=pod 8942 8943After the command line has been reconstructed, the next step is to save 8944the debugger's status in environment variables. The C<DB::set_list> routine 8945is used to save aggregate variables (both hashes and arrays); scalars are 8946just popped into environment variables directly. 8947 8948=cut 8949 8950 # If the terminal supported history, grab it and 8951 # save that in the environment. 8952 set_list( "PERLDB_HIST", 8953 $term->Features->{getHistory} 8954 ? $term->GetHistory 8955 : @hist ); 8956 8957 # Find all the files that were visited during this 8958 # session (i.e., the debugger had magic hashes 8959 # corresponding to them) and stick them in the environment. 8960 my @had_breakpoints = keys %had_breakpoints; 8961 set_list( "PERLDB_VISITED", @had_breakpoints ); 8962 8963 # Save the debugger options we chose. 8964 set_list( "PERLDB_OPT", %option ); 8965 # set_list( "PERLDB_OPT", options2remember() ); 8966 8967 # Save the break-on-loads. 8968 set_list( "PERLDB_ON_LOAD", %break_on_load ); 8969 8970=pod 8971 8972The most complex part of this is the saving of all of the breakpoints. They 8973can live in an awful lot of places, and we have to go through all of them, 8974find the breakpoints, and then save them in the appropriate environment 8975variable via C<DB::set_list>. 8976 8977=cut 8978 8979 # Go through all the breakpoints and make sure they're 8980 # still valid. 8981 my @hard; 8982 for ( 0 .. $#had_breakpoints ) { 8983 8984 # We were in this file. 8985 my $file = $had_breakpoints[$_]; 8986 8987 # Grab that file's magic line hash. 8988 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file }; 8989 8990 # Skip out if it doesn't exist, or if the breakpoint 8991 # is in a postponed file (we'll do postponed ones 8992 # later). 8993 next unless %dbline or $postponed_file{$file}; 8994 8995 # In an eval. This is a little harder, so we'll 8996 # do more processing on that below. 8997 ( push @hard, $file ), next 8998 if $file =~ /^\(\w*eval/; 8999 9000 # XXX I have no idea what this is doing. Yet. 9001 my @add; 9002 @add = %{ $postponed_file{$file} } 9003 if $postponed_file{$file}; 9004 9005 # Save the list of all the breakpoints for this file. 9006 set_list( "PERLDB_FILE_$_", %dbline, @add ); 9007 } ## end for (0 .. $#had_breakpoints) 9008 9009 # The breakpoint was inside an eval. This is a little 9010 # more difficult. XXX and I don't understand it. 9011 for (@hard) { 9012 # Get over to the eval in question. 9013 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $_ }; 9014 my ( $quoted, $sub, %subs, $line ) = quotemeta $_; 9015 for $sub ( keys %sub ) { 9016 next unless $sub{$sub} =~ /^$quoted:(\d+)-(\d+)$/; 9017 $subs{$sub} = [ $1, $2 ]; 9018 } 9019 unless (%subs) { 9020 print $OUT 9021 "No subroutines in $_, ignoring breakpoints.\n"; 9022 next; 9023 } 9024 LINES: for $line ( keys %dbline ) { 9025 9026 # One breakpoint per sub only: 9027 my ( $offset, $sub, $found ); 9028 SUBS: for $sub ( keys %subs ) { 9029 if ( 9030 $subs{$sub}->[1] >= 9031 $line # Not after the subroutine 9032 and ( 9033 not defined $offset # Not caught 9034 or $offset < 0 9035 ) 9036 ) 9037 { # or badly caught 9038 $found = $sub; 9039 $offset = $line - $subs{$sub}->[0]; 9040 $offset = "+$offset", last SUBS 9041 if $offset >= 0; 9042 } ## end if ($subs{$sub}->[1] >=... 9043 } ## end for $sub (keys %subs) 9044 if ( defined $offset ) { 9045 $postponed{$found} = 9046 "break $offset if $dbline{$line}"; 9047 } 9048 else { 9049 print $OUT 9050"Breakpoint in $_:$line ignored: after all the subroutines.\n"; 9051 } 9052 } ## end for $line (keys %dbline) 9053 } ## end for (@hard) 9054 9055 # Save the other things that don't need to be 9056 # processed. 9057 set_list( "PERLDB_POSTPONE", %postponed ); 9058 set_list( "PERLDB_PRETYPE", @$pretype ); 9059 set_list( "PERLDB_PRE", @$pre ); 9060 set_list( "PERLDB_POST", @$post ); 9061 set_list( "PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead ); 9062 9063 # We are oficially restarting. 9064 $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART} = 1; 9065 9066 # We are junking all child debuggers. 9067 delete $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS}; # Restore ini state 9068 9069 # Set this back to the initial pid. 9070 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids if defined $ini_pids; 9071 9072=pod 9073 9074After all the debugger status has been saved, we take the command we built up 9075and then return it, so we can C<exec()> it. The debugger will spot the 9076C<PERLDB_RESTART> environment variable and realize it needs to reload its state 9077from the environment. 9078 9079=cut 9080 9081 # And run Perl again. Add the "-d" flag, all the 9082 # flags we built up, the script (whether a one-liner 9083 # or a file), add on the -emacs flag for a slave editor, 9084 # and then the old arguments. 9085 9086 return ($^X, '-d', @flags, @script, ($slave_editor ? '-emacs' : ()), @ARGS); 9087 9088}; # end restart 9089 9090=back 9091 9092=head1 END PROCESSING - THE C<END> BLOCK 9093 9094Come here at the very end of processing. We want to go into a 9095loop where we allow the user to enter commands and interact with the 9096debugger, but we don't want anything else to execute. 9097 9098First we set the C<$finished> variable, so that some commands that 9099shouldn't be run after the end of program quit working. 9100 9101We then figure out whether we're truly done (as in the user entered a C<q> 9102command, or we finished execution while running nonstop). If we aren't, 9103we set C<$single> to 1 (causing the debugger to get control again). 9104 9105We then call C<DB::fake::at_exit()>, which returns the C<Use 'q' to quit ...> 9106message and returns control to the debugger. Repeat. 9107 9108When the user finally enters a C<q> command, C<$fall_off_end> is set to 91091 and the C<END> block simply exits with C<$single> set to 0 (don't 9110break, run to completion.). 9111 9112=cut 9113 9114END { 9115 $finished = 1 if $inhibit_exit; # So that some commands may be disabled. 9116 $fall_off_end = 1 unless $inhibit_exit; 9117 9118 # Do not stop in at_exit() and destructors on exit: 9119 if ($fall_off_end or $runnonstop) { 9120 &save_hist(); 9121 } else { 9122 $DB::single = 1; 9123 DB::fake::at_exit(); 9124 } 9125} ## end END 9126 9127=head1 PRE-5.8 COMMANDS 9128 9129Some of the commands changed function quite a bit in the 5.8 command 9130realignment, so much so that the old code had to be replaced completely. 9131Because we wanted to retain the option of being able to go back to the 9132former command set, we moved the old code off to this section. 9133 9134There's an awful lot of duplicated code here. We've duplicated the 9135comments to keep things clear. 9136 9137=head2 Null command 9138 9139Does nothing. Used to I<turn off> commands. 9140 9141=cut 9142 9143sub cmd_pre580_null { 9144 9145 # do nothing... 9146} 9147 9148=head2 Old C<a> command. 9149 9150This version added actions if you supplied them, and deleted them 9151if you didn't. 9152 9153=cut 9154 9155sub cmd_pre580_a { 9156 my $xcmd = shift; 9157 my $cmd = shift; 9158 9159 # Argument supplied. Add the action. 9160 if ( $cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) { 9161 9162 # If the line isn't there, use the current line. 9163 $i = $1 || $line; 9164 $j = $2; 9165 9166 # If there is an action ... 9167 if ( length $j ) { 9168 9169 # ... but the line isn't breakable, skip it. 9170 if ( $dbline[$i] == 0 ) { 9171 print $OUT "Line $i may not have an action.\n"; 9172 } 9173 else { 9174 9175 # ... and the line is breakable: 9176 # Mark that there's an action in this file. 9177 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2; 9178 9179 # Delete any current action. 9180 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//; 9181 9182 # Add the new action, continuing the line as needed. 9183 $dbline{$i} .= "\0" . action($j); 9184 } 9185 } ## end if (length $j) 9186 9187 # No action supplied. 9188 else { 9189 9190 # Delete the action. 9191 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//; 9192 9193 # Mark as having no break or action if nothing's left. 9194 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq ''; 9195 } 9196 } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/) 9197} ## end sub cmd_pre580_a 9198 9199=head2 Old C<b> command 9200 9201Add breakpoints. 9202 9203=cut 9204 9205sub cmd_pre580_b { 9206 my $xcmd = shift; 9207 my $cmd = shift; 9208 my $dbline = shift; 9209 9210 # Break on load. 9211 if ( $cmd =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/ ) { 9212 my $file = $1; 9213 $file =~ s/\s+$//; 9214 &cmd_b_load($file); 9215 } 9216 9217 # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>] 9218 # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the 9219 # necessary condition in the %postponed hash. 9220 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/ ) { 9221 9222 # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none. 9223 my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1'; 9224 9225 # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0 9226 # if it was 'compile'. 9227 my ( $subname, $break ) = ( $2, $1 eq 'postpone' ); 9228 9229 # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::. 9230 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g; 9231 9232 # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified. 9233 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname 9234 unless $subname =~ /::/; 9235 9236 # Add main if it starts with ::. 9237 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::"; 9238 9239 # Save the break type for this sub. 9240 $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile"; 9241 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ ... 9242 9243 # b <sub name> [<condition>] 9244 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/ ) { 9245 my $subname = $1; 9246 my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1'; 9247 &cmd_b_sub( $subname, $cond ); 9248 } 9249 9250 # b <line> [<condition>]. 9251 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) { 9252 my $i = $1 || $dbline; 9253 my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1'; 9254 &cmd_b_line( $i, $cond ); 9255 } 9256} ## end sub cmd_pre580_b 9257 9258=head2 Old C<D> command. 9259 9260Delete all breakpoints unconditionally. 9261 9262=cut 9263 9264sub cmd_pre580_D { 9265 my $xcmd = shift; 9266 my $cmd = shift; 9267 if ( $cmd =~ /^\s*$/ ) { 9268 print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n"; 9269 9270 # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one 9271 # breakpoint in it. 9272 my $file; 9273 for $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) { 9274 9275 # Switch to the desired file temporarily. 9276 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file }; 9277 9278 my $max = $#dbline; 9279 my $was; 9280 9281 # For all lines in this file ... 9282 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) { 9283 9284 # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ... 9285 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) { 9286 9287 # ... remove the breakpoint. 9288 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//; 9289 if ( $dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$// ) { 9290 9291 # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there. 9292 delete $dbline{$i}; 9293 } 9294 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i... 9295 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max... 9296 9297 # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file" 9298 # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero, 9299 # we should remove this file from the hash. 9300 if ( not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1 ) { 9301 delete $had_breakpoints{$file}; 9302 } 9303 } ## end for $file (keys %had_breakpoints) 9304 9305 # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that 9306 # haven't been loaded yet. 9307 undef %postponed; 9308 undef %postponed_file; 9309 undef %break_on_load; 9310 } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^\s*$/) 9311} ## end sub cmd_pre580_D 9312 9313=head2 Old C<h> command 9314 9315Print help. Defaults to printing the long-form help; the 5.8 version 9316prints the summary by default. 9317 9318=cut 9319 9320sub cmd_pre580_h { 9321 my $xcmd = shift; 9322 my $cmd = shift; 9323 9324 # Print the *right* help, long format. 9325 if ( $cmd =~ /^\s*$/ ) { 9326 print_help($pre580_help); 9327 } 9328 9329 # 'h h' - explicitly-requested summary. 9330 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^h\s*/ ) { 9331 print_help($pre580_summary); 9332 } 9333 9334 # Find and print a command's help. 9335 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/ ) { 9336 my $asked = $1; # for proper errmsg 9337 my $qasked = quotemeta($asked); # for searching 9338 # XXX: finds CR but not <CR> 9339 if ( 9340 $pre580_help =~ /^ 9341 <? # Optional '<' 9342 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup 9343 $qasked # The command name 9344 /mx 9345 ) 9346 { 9347 9348 while ( 9349 $pre580_help =~ /^ 9350 ( # The command help: 9351 <? # Optional '<' 9352 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup 9353 $qasked # The command name 9354 ([\s\S]*?) # Lines starting with tabs 9355 \n # Final newline 9356 ) 9357 (?!\s)/mgx 9358 ) # Line not starting with space 9359 # (Next command's help) 9360 { 9361 print_help($1); 9362 } 9363 } ## end if ($pre580_help =~ /^<?(?:[IB]<)$qasked/m) 9364 9365 # Help not found. 9366 else { 9367 print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n"); 9368 } 9369 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/) 9370} ## end sub cmd_pre580_h 9371 9372=head2 Old C<W> command 9373 9374C<W E<lt>exprE<gt>> adds a watch expression, C<W> deletes them all. 9375 9376=cut 9377 9378sub cmd_pre580_W { 9379 my $xcmd = shift; 9380 my $cmd = shift; 9381 9382 # Delete all watch expressions. 9383 if ( $cmd =~ /^$/ ) { 9384 9385 # No watching is going on. 9386 $trace &= ~2; 9387 9388 # Kill all the watch expressions and values. 9389 @to_watch = @old_watch = (); 9390 } 9391 9392 # Add a watch expression. 9393 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(.*)/s ) { 9394 9395 # add it to the list to be watched. 9396 push @to_watch, $1; 9397 9398 # Get the current value of the expression. 9399 # Doesn't handle expressions returning list values! 9400 $evalarg = $1; 9401 my ($val) = &eval; 9402 $val = ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef'; 9403 9404 # Save it. 9405 push @old_watch, $val; 9406 9407 # We're watching stuff. 9408 $trace |= 2; 9409 9410 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^(.*)/s) 9411} ## end sub cmd_pre580_W 9412 9413=head1 PRE-AND-POST-PROMPT COMMANDS AND ACTIONS 9414 9415The debugger used to have a bunch of nearly-identical code to handle 9416the pre-and-post-prompt action commands. C<cmd_pre590_prepost> and 9417C<cmd_prepost> unify all this into one set of code to handle the 9418appropriate actions. 9419 9420=head2 C<cmd_pre590_prepost> 9421 9422A small wrapper around C<cmd_prepost>; it makes sure that the default doesn't 9423do something destructive. In pre 5.8 debuggers, the default action was to 9424delete all the actions. 9425 9426=cut 9427 9428sub cmd_pre590_prepost { 9429 my $cmd = shift; 9430 my $line = shift || '*'; 9431 my $dbline = shift; 9432 9433 return &cmd_prepost( $cmd, $line, $dbline ); 9434} ## end sub cmd_pre590_prepost 9435 9436=head2 C<cmd_prepost> 9437 9438Actually does all the handling for C<E<lt>>, C<E<gt>>, C<{{>, C<{>, etc. 9439Since the lists of actions are all held in arrays that are pointed to by 9440references anyway, all we have to do is pick the right array reference and 9441then use generic code to all, delete, or list actions. 9442 9443=cut 9444 9445sub cmd_prepost { 9446 my $cmd = shift; 9447 9448 # No action supplied defaults to 'list'. 9449 my $line = shift || '?'; 9450 9451 # Figure out what to put in the prompt. 9452 my $which = ''; 9453 9454 # Make sure we have some array or another to address later. 9455 # This means that if ssome reason the tests fail, we won't be 9456 # trying to stash actions or delete them from the wrong place. 9457 my $aref = []; 9458 9459 # < - Perl code to run before prompt. 9460 if ( $cmd =~ /^\</o ) { 9461 $which = 'pre-perl'; 9462 $aref = $pre; 9463 } 9464 9465 # > - Perl code to run after prompt. 9466 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\>/o ) { 9467 $which = 'post-perl'; 9468 $aref = $post; 9469 } 9470 9471 # { - first check for properly-balanced braces. 9472 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o ) { 9473 if ( $cmd =~ /^\{.*\}$/o && unbalanced( substr( $cmd, 1 ) ) ) { 9474 print $OUT 9475"$cmd is now a debugger command\nuse `;$cmd' if you mean Perl code\n"; 9476 } 9477 9478 # Properly balanced. Pre-prompt debugger actions. 9479 else { 9480 $which = 'pre-debugger'; 9481 $aref = $pretype; 9482 } 9483 } ## end elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o ) 9484 9485 # Did we find something that makes sense? 9486 unless ($which) { 9487 print $OUT "Confused by command: $cmd\n"; 9488 } 9489 9490 # Yes. 9491 else { 9492 9493 # List actions. 9494 if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o ) { 9495 unless (@$aref) { 9496 9497 # Nothing there. Complain. 9498 print $OUT "No $which actions.\n"; 9499 } 9500 else { 9501 9502 # List the actions in the selected list. 9503 print $OUT "$which commands:\n"; 9504 foreach my $action (@$aref) { 9505 print $OUT "\t$cmd -- $action\n"; 9506 } 9507 } ## end else 9508 } ## end if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o) 9509 9510 # Might be a delete. 9511 else { 9512 if ( length($cmd) == 1 ) { 9513 if ( $line =~ /^\s*\*\s*$/o ) { 9514 9515 # It's a delete. Get rid of the old actions in the 9516 # selected list.. 9517 @$aref = (); 9518 print $OUT "All $cmd actions cleared.\n"; 9519 } 9520 else { 9521 9522 # Replace all the actions. (This is a <, >, or {). 9523 @$aref = action($line); 9524 } 9525 } ## end if ( length($cmd) == 1) 9526 elsif ( length($cmd) == 2 ) { 9527 9528 # Add the action to the line. (This is a <<, >>, or {{). 9529 push @$aref, action($line); 9530 } 9531 else { 9532 9533 # <<<, >>>>, {{{{{{ ... something not a command. 9534 print $OUT 9535 "Confused by strange length of $which command($cmd)...\n"; 9536 } 9537 } ## end else [ if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o) 9538 } ## end else 9539} ## end sub cmd_prepost 9540 9541=head1 C<DB::fake> 9542 9543Contains the C<at_exit> routine that the debugger uses to issue the 9544C<Debugged program terminated ...> message after the program completes. See 9545the C<END> block documentation for more details. 9546 9547=cut 9548 9549package DB::fake; 9550 9551sub at_exit { 9552 "Debugged program terminated. Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart."; 9553} 9554 9555package DB; # Do not trace this 1; below! 9556 95571; 9558 9559 9560